Home

Eas-eac_uk_072015

1. Single Phase 100 120 VAC Three Core Cable AWG16 to 14 1 25 to 2 0 mm2 Connector for CN3 100 120 VAC driver 200 240 VAC driver Single Phase 200 240 VAC Three Core Cable AWG16 to 14 1 25 to 2 0 mm rou s Single Phase 100 120 VAC d 50 60 Hz E Zr Single Phase 200 240 Vac OO mmm 50 60 Hz Aq Dj Connected to 7 E ols x CNS of driver T lt Connecting the Control Power Supply Connecting the Electromagnetic Brake Prepare a 24 VDC power supply 24 VDC Power Supply 24 VDC Power Supply Connector for CN1 Connector for CN1 24 VDC 3 596 B AWG28 16 24 VDC 5 So z AWG28 16 ui mm 2 T pie mm Q avs 24 V i Connect to CN1 he Cable Included Black Cee mer mm White MB2 Connect to CN2 EE ki D Connect to CN2 pa D Cable Included SS Cable Included ias l gt Electromagnetic Brake Cable TS Motor Cable m N Motor Cable E A 3 T o o o o NNN BEEN If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable sold separately the 24 VDC 4 specification applies C Connection Diagram For built in controller type DC power supply input C Connections with
2. 6 mm Lead lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation bo m Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied t T Vents with oad and can transport the load Refer to the above graph for 0kg 0kg the horizontally transportable mass 1 5 1h kg 3 0 6 5 kg Load Center 30 kg E zc Kg of Gravity E E 210 220 H 2 E E 8 Overhung TOH S 40 Home Position distance Positioning Distance The positioning distance is the distance from the home 0 0 100 200 300 position Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion from the load installation surface The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 68 Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Thrust N 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s EAC4RW Frame Size 42 mmx114 mm 24 VDC Input Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide With cover Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 11 5 k
3. 26C31 or Equivalent AB 92 Accessories Sold separately Control Module This enables you to perform operations such as setting the driver s internal parameters and setting or changing the data It can also be used for operations such as speed and 1 0 monitoring and teaching Product Line Product Name OPX 2A ummm far i c Ld Enlarged view Dimensions unit mm C Control Module Mass 0 25 kg 91 8 21 5 96 6 1 B p G Panel Cut Out Installation plate thickness 1 3 mm 4 cg 07 g7 p l e 5 1 SN NA huma 38 l Z Eos Data Setting Software Communication Cable This communication cable is required for connecting with the computer on which the data setting software is installed Product Line Product Name CCO5IF USB Computer and Driver Connection Data Setting Software b MEXEO2 USB Cable 0 5 m EMEND Computer Not supplied Connect to the Control Module Connector oi jje Driver PC Interface Cable 5 m To connect to a computer you must install a dedicated driver Data Setting Software MEXEO2 Data Setting Software can be downloaded from the Oriental Motor website CD ROMs are also available Visit our website or contact the neare
4. Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion from the load installation surface The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 70 Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Operating Speed mm s EAC6RW Frame Size 60 mm x 156 mm 24 VDC Input Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide With cover Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 28 kg p 3 Stroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments me n Motorized Cylinders E Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Mp 2 2 My 2 2 Mgc1 3 m Static Permissible Moment Nem Mp 7 8 My 7 8 Mp 3 0 gt zi product Name Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed o mm
5. i i Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pei Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC4 _105 ARAKD lt EAC4 _105 ARMKD lt gt EAC4 _105 ARAK lt EAC4 105 ARMK lt 100 EACA 10 ARAKD EACA 10 ARMKD 4 L110 ARAK EAC4 110 ARMK lt gt 150 EAC4 115 ARAKD lt gt EAC4 115 ARMKD lt gt L115 ARAK lt gt EAC4 115 ARMK lt m 200 EAC4 120 ARAKD lt gt EAC4 20 ARMKD lt gt 120 ARAK lt gt EACA 120 ARMK 4 250 EAC4 125 ARAKD lt EAC4 _ 25 ARMKD lt EAC4 125 ARAK lt EAC4 _ 25 ARMK lt 300 EACA4 30 ARAKD 4 EACA 30 ARMKD 4 EAC4 130 ARAK lt gt EACA I30 ARMK 4 d EAC4 Standard Type with Shaft Guide Sal Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type mE me Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type d Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 22 50 EACAW 105 ARAKD 4 EACAW 105 ARMKD 4 EACAW 105 ARAK 4 EACAW 105 ARMK C 2 a 100 EAC4W 110 ARAKD lt EAC4W 110 ARMKD lt EAC4W 110 ARAK lt EACAW 10 ARMK C a 150 EACAW 15 ARAKD 4 EACAW 115 ARMKD 4 EACAW 15 ARAK 4 EACAW 115 ARMK 4 200 EACAW 20 ARAKD EACAW 20 ARMKD 4 EACAW 20 ARAK C EACAW 120 ARMK 4 Ee 250 EACAW 25 ARAKD C EACAW 125 ARMKD 4 EACAW 25 ARAK 4 EACAW
6. Data setting software MEXEQ2 General Purpose Cable or Connector Terminal Block Conversion Unit Controller 8 1 If including a connection cable either a 1 m 2 m or 3 m cable is included If you need cables longer than 3 m or flexible cables select appropriate cables from the accessories sold separately Keep the wiring distance between the motorized actuator and driver to 30 m or shorter 2 The control I O connector CN5 is included with the product but you can also purchase an accessory general purpose cable or connector terminal block conversion unit sold separately Choose one or the other 3 Not supplied 4 Ground to the PE terminal of the motor or at the plate used to install the motorized actuator Connecting the Main Power Supply Furnish the following cable for the power supply lines Single Phase 100 115 VAC Three Core Cable AWG16 to 14 1 25 to 2 0 mm Single Phase 200 230 VAC Three Core Cable AWG16 to 14 1 25 to 2 0 mm Three Phase 200 230 VAC 4 core Cable AWG16 to 14 1 25 to 2 0 mm e Single Phase 100 115 VAC Single Phase 200 230 VAC Single phase Single phase 100 115 VAC driver 200 230 VAC driver Connector for CN3 es Eg pe Single Phase100 115 VAC 50 60 Hz Single Phase200 230 VAC 50 60 Hz Connected to CN3 of driver CO Connecti
7. Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pis Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name gt 50 EAS6L 005 ARAKD C EASG6 005 ARMKD C EASG 005 ARAK C EASG 005 ARMK C e 100 EAS6_ _ 010 ARAKD lt EAS6_ _ 010 ARMKD lt EAS6 010 ARAK C EAS6_ _ 010 ARMK lt 150 EASG 015 ARAKD C EAS 015 ARMKD C EAS 015 ARAK C EAS 6 015 ARMK C 200 EASG 020 ARAKD C EAS 6 1020 ARMKD C EAS 1020 ARAK C EAS6_ _ 020 ARMK lt 250 EAS6 1025 ARAKD O EAS6_ _1025 ARMKD L1025 ARAK O EAS6 1025 ARMK O noz 300 EAS 030 ARAKD C EASG 030 ARMKD C _1030 ARAK lt EAS6L_ L 030 ARMK lt p 350 EAS6 L1035 ARAKD EAS6 1035 ARMKD L L035 ARAK O EAS6L L 035 ARMK O 3 g 400 EASG 040 ARAKD C EAS6__ _ 040 ARMKD lt _1040 ARAK lt EAS6__ 040 ARMK lt 450 EASG 045 ARAKD C EAS 045 ARMKD C 045 ARAK C EAS 045 ARMK C 500 EASG 050 ARAKD C EASG 050 ARMKD C 1050 ARAK C EASG6 050 ARMK lt S 550 EASG 055 ARAKD C EASG 055 ARMKD C L1055 ARAK C EASG 055 ARMK C gt 600 EAS 060 ARAKD C EASG 060 ARMKD lt _1060 ARAK lt EASG 060 ARMK lt eo 650 EASG 065 ARAKD C EASG 065 ARMKD C _1065 ARAK lt EASG 065 ARMK C 3 700 EASG 070 ARAK
8. 5557 10R 210 Molex Motor Cablec8 mu 2 18 5 28 7 99 5 53 64 5 3 For Electromagnetic Brake e S Protective Earth Terminal M4 M18x1 5 e ur LC S 7 4 Mechanical Limit Stroke 67 L2 4 Position Stroke 117 8 2 1 325 5 30 Stroke 3 Home Position Positioning Range Installation Plate Foot Type Accessory Installation Plate Flange Type 4x 7 Thru Accessory 60 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in three directions 2 During the pushing return to home operation the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism The pushing return to home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor 3 For DC power supply input total motor length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft models and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type Motorized Cylinder Product Name EACM RDL IL IARAK EACM REL IL IARAK EACM RDL TL IARAC EACM REL IL IARAC Single shaft EACM6RDLILIARMK EACM REL IL JARMK EACM RDI IL IARMC EACM REL IL ARMC With electromagnetic brake Numbers Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 Stroke 200 250 300 Mass ko Single Sat 37 41 45 J Electromag
9. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Note Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 9 Ema eo KG Positioning Time s in 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Time Coefficient Stroke mm Load Mass Horizontal Direction Installation Okg 15kg 30kg Okg 6 3kg Vertical Direction Installation 12 5 kg 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 5 1 4 1 8 1 7 2 0 The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Transportable Mass During Horizontal Installation Acceleration of 3 m s Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Load Mass kg 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Operating Speed mm s During Vertical Installation Acceleration of 2 m s Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Load Mass kg 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Operating Speed mm s Dimensions Motorized Linear Slides 5 Page s 31 33 1 9 29 26 EAS4 Width 58 4 mm x Height
10. Positioning Time s 100 200 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions ce Mc MP CERT Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Motorized Cylinders gt Page 65 Thrust N 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s 49 50 EACA Frame Size 42 mm x 42 mm 24 VDC Input standard Type Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 14 kg otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 D A EACA E ARMKI C Product Name Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EACA DI I ARAKL I OC om acl 7 1 7 EAC4 DLIL ARMKL e 9 0 00 0 600 EACA E ARAKL E E 6 30 140 200 140 300 A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box D in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered
11. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Operating Speed Load Mass When the load is ok removed 400 mm s 15kg 30 kg maw m Operating Speed mm s 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm 18 Load Mass 16 Oko 15kg 30kg Acceleration m s 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm High speed drive during inching operation Capable of a higher speed drive even during an inching operation for short distances Transportable Mass 15 kg Positioning Distance 20 mm Positioning Time 0 14 s Operating speed 200 mm s Acceleration 4 7 m s 0 5 G Positioning time 4 0 For inching operation 20 mm Load Mass 0 14s 3 5 kg 39 l 15 kg 30 kg ad 22 0 S 1 5 3 ex a 0 5 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Operating Speed 700 Load Mass E 600 kaki ie 15 kg E E 500 ee c pU 72 Lu m R TTr E TF deam aeos ccu ems Er E 5 200 f e S For inching operation 20 mm 100 200 mm s
12. Load Mass kg 98 kg 7kg 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration lt Max Speed by Stroke Stroke mm Maximum Speed mm s 50 500 800 550 650 600 550 650 460 700 400 Load Mass kg 8 5kg 0 45 22 i 05 20 2 056 18 0 63r 16 Load Mass CO eo ori g 14 0k mdi Sos 12 pu E S 40 15kg s lor E ome 125 8 8 e S1673 6 e 5 25 4 S 3 5 0 2 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Acceleration m s fs xD D e D Ke S S 1 67 S 2 D e e lt 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm EAS4 Standard Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 20 1 8 Load Mass C oK E 6 21 4 30kg E12 HF 21 0 S 08 2 06 z 0 4 EA 0 2 Z 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 60 600 50t lt 500 E 40 400 amp 230 5 300 Load rs I 0kg amp 20 9 200 Sea DKG o 30 kg 10 100 j 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration
13. The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass at DC power supply input Hole Coefficient n Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 NIDI AJOIN For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu 33 34 lt EAS6 Standard Type X Table For AC Input 4xM5x10 Deep di Electromagnetic Brake Cable b6 Connector Cover 5557 02R 210 Molex 0 012 40 x4 Deep OIN Njoo 1 4 H7 O lt 4 Deep 5557 10R 210 Molex Stroke 300 33 gt Protective Earth Terminal M4 Stroke 265 3 3 6 ome Mechanical Limit Postion 99 Stroke 3 Positionining Allowable Range For Electromagnetic Brake BH O For DC Input 43025 1000 Molex 43025 0200 Molex Mechanical Limit Position 2 100002 2x6 004x5 Deep n 3 x M6x9 Deep 123 50 nx100 Stroke 176 33 7 Je 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in four directions 2 During the pushing return to home operation the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism 3 For DC power supply
14. Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type m Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6W 105 ARA ID C EAC6W 105 ARMI D 4 EAC6W 105 ARA C EAC6W 05 ARML C 100 EAC6W 10 ARAL ID EAC6W 10 ARMI ID C EAC6W J 10 ARAL C EAC6W 10 ARML C 150 EAC6W 15 ARA ID C EAC6W 15 ARML D EAC6W 15 ARAL CC EAC6W J 15 ARML I 5 200 120 ARALD lt EAC6W 20 ARML D C EAC6W 20 ARAL C EAC6W 20 ARML C 250 25 ARAL D C EAC6W 25 ARML D 4 EAC6W 25 ARAL lt EAC6W 25 ARML 300 J30 ARAL ID EAC6W 30 ARM D 4 EAC6W 30 ARAL C EAC6W 30 ARMI C CEAC Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pou Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6W 05 ARAL ID C G EAC6W 05 ARML D C G EAC6W 105 ARA C G EAC6W 105 ARMI C G 100 EAC6W J10 ARAL D C G EAC6W 10 ARMI D C G EAC6W J 10 ARAL O G EAC6W 10 ARML C G 150 EAC6W 15 ARAL ID C G EAC6W 15 ARM D C G EAC6W 15 ARAL O G EAC6W 15 ARML C G 200 EAC6W 20 ARA ID C G EAC6W 20 ARML D
15. Load Mass S Ok 7 5kg 15kg 4 c1 Positioning Time s e 0 5 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 60 600 T 50 500 40 g 400 s 2 e Load Mass E30 2300 0kg e 5 S z nco WANG 220 amp 200 15kg 10 100 0 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 20 0 56 18 Load Mass Zoest 16 E gon gu S e 8083 12 S 10 310 D T B 1 25 3 8 S167 2 6 25 4 D 8 50 2 0 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 Load Mass 0kg 15kg c1 Positioning Time s 5 0 5 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Load Mass so 0kg Tel 15kg 50r v z E 30 kg B40 g a 2 20t e pal 2 20 7 S 10 0 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 20 0 56 18 Load Mass P 0O0kg 063 K S En gor gu S083 12 10 10 3 E gir 8 5167 2 oc 25 4 o AM 8 50 2 0 o Positioning Distance mm JONG uoululo2 solas DWI souos SWI suomneo
16. 2 mL D Oriental motor NE VV PRODUCTS Motorized Linear Slides EA S Series Motorized Cylinders EAC Series otandard Type Side Mounted Type New Standards for Motorized Linear Slides and Motorized Cylinders Oriental Motor presents a variety of lineups for linear motion broadening the range of designs and performance Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series Standard Type Side Mounted Type Same price Built In Controller Type FLEO T AC Power Supply Input Pulse Input Type AC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input Standard Type X Table Y Table Side Mounted Type Right sided Left sided X Table Y Table B i Standard Type Side Mounted Type kPhoto shows the Right sided Type Stroke 50 to 850 mm Maximum speed 800 mm s Maximum transportable mass 60 kg horizontal 30 kg vertical Repetitive positioning accuracy 0 02 mm All the linear slides and cylinders are equipped Closed Loop Stepper Motor and Driver Package with a standard motor and driver package QlsTEP AR Series Standard m With Electromagnetic Adopting Oriental Motor s unique Closed Loop Control Brake With the ease of use of the Stepper motor retained this package made continuous drive possible and improved the responsiveness and dependability Motorized Cylinders EAC Series Built In Controller Type CFLEX T AC Power Supply Input Pulse Inp
17. kg 6 5kg Boge 13kg D E 2 S 10 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 Load Mass kg lt 6 5kg E 13kg o 2 B 2 amp e Positioning Distance mm 300 ePositioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 0 56 0 63 0 71 0 83 1 25 1 67 Acceleration deceleration rate ms kHz 5 cnm C O Load Mass kg 6 5kg Acceleration m s Positioning Distance mm JOALIGQ UOWWOD seues JVJ solas SWI suoneoyioedg sJepur o sepils pezuo10lN Jeaur pezuo1olN seuosseooy C O 5 ct O uo1Ndajas adusI9jJaH Jeoiuu2o 117 118 EAC4 Side Mounted Type With Shaft Guide With cover AC Power Supply Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 12 l 1 2 l Load Mass Load Mass 10 0kg 1 0 0kg _ 25kg _ c7 3kg Sog 15kg 0 8 abah IK E E 206 2 204 2 0 2 0p 100 200 300 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Pos
18. Acceleration m s Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 4 0 Load Mass 0kg 9 0 aaa MA TK 2 14kg o E 220 s EMMMV MU a P NENNEN ah 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Load Mass 60 _ og s e E E 40 g amp B P30 e pal 2 20 7 oF E 10 0 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Seuossoeooy JONG uoululo2 solas DWI souos SWI suoneoyioedg sJopui o sopils uo1Ndajas 0 O 5 ct O adusI9jJaH Jeoiuu2o 113 Je8ur pezuojo N pezio10 N EAC4 Side Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Dire
19. 1 Signal Monitor Display lt gt LED Indicators A Function Switch Setting Switch Motor Connector CN2 Control Module Connector CN4 Signal Monitor Indication eo 1 0 Signals Connector CN5 Protective Earth Terminal Indication Color Function Lighting Condition POWER Green Power supply indication ino the main power supply or 24 VDC power supply is ALARM Red Alarm indication When a protective function is activated blinking CHARGE Red Power supply indication When the main power supply is input lt Alarm Contents E Function Operating Condition Overheat Protection When the temperature inside the driver exceeds 85 C AET When the accumulated value for the time that the load torque exceeds the maximum torque exceeds the overload detection time Initial Value 5 sec Overspeed When the motor output shaft speed exceeds 4500 r min Command Pulse Error When an error has occurred for the command pulse value Regeneration Unit Overheat When the signal thermal protector for the regeneration unit has been activated Overvoltage Protection When the primary voltage of the driver s inverter exceeds the upper limit value 3 Main Power Supply Error When the main power supply has been cut off while operation commands are being input to the driver Undervoltage When the primary voltage of the driver s inverter has fallen below the lowe
20. Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAS R D L 005 ARAL O EAS6R L L 1005 ARML1 lt 100 EAS6R L _ 1010 ARALID EAS6R L L LI010 ARMLID lt EAS6R L LI LI010 ARAL lt EAS6R L LI L1010 ARML1 lt 150 EAS6R L _1 1015 ARALID EAS6R L LI 1015 ARMOID EAS6R L _1 1015 ARAL lt EAS6R L _ _1015 ARML lt 200 EAS6R L _ _1020 ARALID EAS6R L L1 1020 ARMLID lt EAS R DL L 020 ARAL O EAS6R L L 1020 ARML1 lt 250 EAS R LD L 025 ARALD O EAS6R L LI _1025 ARM EAS R DL L 025 ARAL O EAS6R L LI L1025 ARML lt 300 EAS6R L _ 1030 ARALD lt EAS6R L _J 1030 ARM EAS6R L _ L1030 ARAL EAS6R L L 1030 ARML lt 350 EAS6R L _ L1035 ARALID EAS6R L L _1035 ARM EAS6R L _ 1035 ARAL lt EAS6R L LI 1035 ARML lt 400 EAS6R L _ _1040 ARALID EAS6R L LI L1040 ARMLID EAS6R L L LI040 ARAL lt EAS6R L LI L1040 ARM_1 lt 450 EAS6R L _ 1045 ARALID lt EAS6R L L 1045 ARMLID EAS R DL 045 ARAL O EAS6R L L 1045 ARMI lt 500 EAS6R L _ 1050 ARALID gt EAS6R L L LI050 ARMLD lt EAS6R L LI LI050 ARAL lt EAS6R L L L1050 ARML1 lt 550 EAS6R L _ L1055 ARALID EAS6R L LI LI055 ARMLID EAS6R L LI LI055 ARAL EAS6R L LI L1055 ARML lt 600 EAS6R L _ 1060 ARALD lt EAS6R L _I 1060 ARMLID EAS R DL L060 ARALFO EAS6R L _I 1060 ARML lt 650 EAS6R L _1 1065 ARALID EAS6R L L L1065 ARMLID lt EAS6R L LI L1065 ARAL lt EAS6R L LI 10
21. ARAL lt gt EASMARXEL TL DARAH EASARX DL J ARAL O EASMARXDLT T IARAEI EASARY E ARAL O EASMARYEL TL DARAH EASARY D ARAL FO EASMARYDET LT JARAH EASALX E ARAL O EASMALXEL T L JARAES EASALX D ARAL FO EASMALXDU TL T JARAEJ EASALY E ARAL O EASMALYEL I DARAH EASALY D ARAL O EASMALYDL TL TL IARAES EAS6RX E l ARAL FO EASM RXELTLILJARAES EASGRX DL ARAL O EASM RXDLTL T ARABI EASGRY E ARAL O EASM RYELTLILJARAES EASGRY D ARAL lt gt EASM RYDL T TL JARAEJ EASGLX E ARAL O EASM LXELT T JARAH EASGLX D ARAL FO EASM6LXDLILILIARAB EAS6LY EL ARAL O EASM LYEL I DARAH EAS LY D J ARAL O EASM LYDUT T JARAE EASARX E T I ARMEL O EASMARXELTL T JARMEI EAS4RX DLILILI ARML lt EASMARXDL TL TT JARMEI EASARY E ARML OC EASMARYEL T T JARMEI EASARY D ARML O EASMARYDET TL JARME EASALX E ARML FO EASMALXEL TE T ARMES EASALX D J ARML O EASMALXDLIL T IARME EASALY E J ARML O EASMALYEL T TT ARMES EAS4LY DLILILI ARML FO EASMALYDU TL T ARME EAS6RX E I ARML O EASM RXELTL T JARMEI EAS6RX DLILILI ARML lt EASM RXDLTL T JARMEI EASGRY E ARML O EASM RYE T JL JARMEJ EASGRY D ARML O EASM RYDUT T IARMEI EASGLX E ARML FO EASM LXEL TL TT JARMES EASGLX D J ARML FO EASMeLXDETE TL JARMEI EASGLY E ARML FO EASMALYELTL TL ARMES EASGLY D ARML FO E
22. Foot Type This is convenient for installing the motorized cylinder to the wall surface or floor surface of the equipment Product Line Product Name Applicable Product PAPAEAC EACA EACAR PAP6EAC EAC6 EAC6R PAP4EACW EAC4W EAC4RW PAP6EACW EAC6W EAC6RW The product names of the applicable products are described with alphanumeric characters by which the configuration can be identified Flange Type This is convenient for installing the flange surface of the motorized cylinder to the equipment Product Line Product Name PAF4EAC EACA EACAR PAF6EAC EAC6 EAC6R The product names of the applicable products are described with alphanumeric characters by which the configuration can be identified The flange type installation plate cannot be installed to models with a shaft guide and models with a shaft guide cover Applicable Product PAP4EAC e amp ee i a PAF4EAC PAP4EACW senes JVJ seues Sy3 suoneoyioeds sJopur o Soepi S JONG UOWWOD gt QO O D o o io o o uone noj e2 uonoosjes oouoJ49JoH Jeoiuuoo 101 Je8ur pezuojo N pezio10 N Controller Sold separately Universal Controller SCXTI Features Equipped with program editing and execution functions the highly functional and sophisticated SCX11 controller is now available Use the SCX11 as a stored program controller to connect to any of Oriental Motor s standard pulse input drivers The SCX11
23. 43025 1000 MOLEX TE 8 3 10 9 lt Cables for AC Power Supply Input Motor Motor Side Driver Side 15 9999 10P 210 MOLEX 5557 10R 210 MOLEX Connector Cover C Cables for DC Power Supply Input for Electromagnetic Brake Motor Side 10 3 43020 0200 4 1 Driver Side 43025 0200 lt Cables for AC Power Supply Input Electromagnetic Brake Motor Side Driver Side le 16 gt 5559 02P 210 aa MOLEX p i 13 5 Flexible extension cable is b6 3 The cable from the motorized actuator and the included cable are not for bending If the motor cable is to be bent bend it at the flexible cable eFlexible Connection Cable Driver Motor Cable y Fix the cable Flexible Connection Cable Bending eFlexible Extension Cable Driver Motor Cable Fix the cable Flexible Extension Cable Bending Driver Cable General Purpose Cables This shielded cable has a half pitch connector at one end of the cable for easy connecting to the driver Note that as the length of the pulse line between the driver and controller increases the maximum transmission frequency decreases Mnstall a connector that matches the controller you are using to the other end of the cable Product Line Type Length L m Straight CC36DIE 1 CC36D2E Pulse Input Type 2 Right Angle CC36DIAE For CN5 36 pins
24. lt EAC6 Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type m Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6RW 105 ARAKD C G EAC6RW L105 ARMKD lt G EAC6RW 105 ARAK C G EAC6RW 05 ARMK C G 100 EAC6RW 10 ARAKD C G EAC6RW 10 ARMKD C G EAC6RW I10 ARAK C G EAC6RW I10 ARMK C G 150 EAC6RW 115 ARAKD C G EAC6RW 115 ARMKD C G EAC6RW 115 ARAK O G EAC6RW 115 ARMK C G 200 EAC6RW 720 ARAKD C G EACO6RW L20 ARAK C G EAC6RW 120 ARMK lt gt G 250 EAC6RW 25 ARAKD lt G EAC6RW _ 25 ARMKD lt G EAC6RW _ 25 ARAK G EAC6RW L125 ARMK lt G 300 EAC6RW I30 ARAKD C G EAC6RW I30 ARMKD C G EAC6RW I30 ARAK C G EAC6RW I30 ARMK C G A symbol indicating the lead is specified in the box in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product General Specifications Motor AR Series Specifications AC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input Heat resistant Class 130 B The measured value is 100 MO or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied between the following locations Insulation Resistance Between the case and the motor sensor windings Between the case and the electromagnetic brake windings No abnormality is found w
25. 43025 1000 Molex Cc 43025 0200 Molex Home Position 48 5 Stroke 3 4 n Mechanical Limit Position Positioning Range 7 8xM6 x12 Deep 128 4xM6 x12 Deep Hi Installation Plate Foot Type 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in four directions 1084 as Cc E E T 4xM6x9 Deep 28 o4 0 H7 x4 Deep gt 4 00 x4 Deep Detail of A amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism The pushing return to home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor 3 For DC power supply input the total motor length decreases by 0 5 mm 4 The installation plate foot type cannot be installed on this part Motorized Cylinder With Shaft Guide EACM6WDLILIARAK EACM6WELILIARAK EACM6WDLILIARAC EACM6WELILIARAC Single shaft Product Name EACM6WDLILIARMK EACM6WELILIARMK EACM6WDLILIARMC EACM6WELILIARMC With electromagnetic brake With Shaft Guide EACM6WDLILIARAK G EACM6WELILIARAK G EACM6WDLILIARAC G EACM6WEL IL IARAC G Single shaft Cover EACM6WDLILIARMK G EACM6WETL IL JARMK G EACM6WDLILIARMC G EA
26. Lan 18 5 e c S For Electromagnetic Brake z S g ED 8xM6x12 Deep c 4xM6x12 Dee e Protective Earth Terminal M4 P gt iB a Ss sis E wn 3 Mechanical Limit Position 2 hs co L Stroke 67 J12 4 a Stroke 129 82 48 5 Stroke 3 Home Position Positioning Range m 156 J D Installation Plate Foot Type Accessories L 178 gt 0 012 4xM6x9Deep 28 4 0 H7 x4 Deep fab D Em c n EM ZU CD D P 4 00x4 Deep Detail of A 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in three directions amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism The pushing return to home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor 3 For DC power supply input the total motor length decreases by 0 5 mm 4 The installation plate foot type cannot be installed on this part Motorized Cylinder With Shaft Guide EACM6RWDLILIARAK EACM6RWELILIARAK EACM6RWDLILIARAC EACM6RWELILIARAC Single shaft Product Name EACM6RWDLILIARMK EACM6RWELILIARMK EACM6RWDLILIARMC EACM6RWELILIARMC With electromagnetic brake With Shaft Guide EACM6RWDLILIARAK G EACM6RWEL JLIARAK G EACM6RWDLILIARAC G EACM6RWEL IL IARAC G Single shaft Cover EACM6RWDLILIARMK G EACM6RWELILIARMK G EACM6RWDLILIARMC G EACM6RWEL IL IARMC G With electromagnetic brake Numbers Specifiable in the Box L
27. Network Converters Communication Cables gt Page 98 gt Page 102 The EAS Series employs the AR Series therefore it shares the User s Manual of the AR Series The User s Manual is not included with the product Contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office or download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu Q System Configuration Example Sold Separately EAS Series Sensor Set EASAX E050 ARMCD 1 The system configuration shown above is an example Other combinations are available GPulse String Input Type with Electromagnetic Brake An example of a single axis system configuration with the SCX11 controller is shown below 1 Not supplied sk To be provided by the customer as necessary Accessories Sold separately Cables used for EMC directive evaluation When extending the distance between the motorized actuator When extending the distance between the motorized and the driver without using the dedicated connection cable actuator and the driver using the dedicated connection cable For electromagnetic brake For electromagnetic brake Connection Cable Sets Extension Cable Sets Flexible Connection Cable Sets Flexible Extension Cable Sets gt Page 93 gt Page 93 Accessories Sold separately Control Module Data Setting Software Data Setting Software gt Page 92 or Communication Cable MEXEO2 gt Page 92 gt Page 92 For Electromagnet
28. Operation Actuator Operation for Actuator Operation for 0 axis Start the positioning operation Operation Commands AEN RS 485 communication KN KN You can also perform simultaneous start and operation for multiple axes M Ada This function stops the motorized linear slide motorized cylinder when the mechanical limit is exceeded This function stops the motorized linear slide motorized cylinder when exceeding the limit set by the software Software me RET T Overiraval When setting the upper and lower limits of the movement range using the parameters set the parameters to Activate When the software limit is exceeded the motor can be stopped STOP Input This function forcibly stops operation when there is an abnormality or other issue You can select instantaneous stop External stop deceleration stop or all windings off holding force of motorized linear slide motorized cylinder is off as the stopping method Alarm Code Output You can output alarm codes that are occurring Alarm History Even if the power is turned off up to 10 alarms that have occurred can be stored This can be used for troubleshooting Speed Velocity Filter Used to make the movement smooth when stopping at startup and to reduce vibration when switching to a constant speed after acceleration Even for sudden operation command changes this function controls the speed changes of the motor
29. Standard Type Side Mounted Type Motor side mounted models are lined up in fully motorized Same price linear slides motorized cylinders These models contribute in reducing the total length and saving space The Standard Type and the Side Mounted Type are priced the same Equipped with EAS4 electromagnetic brake Stroke 200 mm Standard Type p Side Mounted Type 343 mm More than 100 mm shorter sk For Electromagnetic Brake Cable Drawing Direction Changeable to 4 directions 3 directions for the Side Mounted Type The direction of drawing the motor cable can be changed easily The cable comes out from the side of the motor therefore space is saved while no space is required at the back of the motor Application Examples A device using the 3 axes with the motorized linear slide EAS series on the X Y axes and motorized cylinder EAC series on the Z axis Motorized Cylinders EAC Series Equipped with Side Mounted Type Shaft Guide Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series Side Mounted Type Space saving due to the side mounted motor reduced effort for installation by being equipped with a shaft guide Space saving due to the side mounted motor Prepare the support guide and mounting brackets Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series Standard Type Easy Operation Easier connection for easier handling EAS EAC series
30. The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less z Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 67 Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Operating Speed mm s 53 54 EAC Frame Size 60 mm x 60 mm 24 VDC Input standard Type Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 30 kg otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 E Ps PADHANG Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EAC 6 DI I ARAKI gt EAC6 DLIL ARMKLES es 200 600 EAC E ARAK E us m EAC 6 E ARMK C A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt gt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristic
31. nx100 115 100 R 21 10000 2x 6 001x5 Deep a 1 2 9 D 5 DIRE NY d HII vy 2 BA a SA BAN at ae 5 S n 3 xM6x9 Deep For Electromagnetic Brake Detail of A zu CD c O CD 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in three directions amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism 3 For DC power supply input the total length decreases by 0 5 mm 4 When using an accessory sensor the home position differs The above figure is an outline drawing of the motor installation direction for the type left side mounted For the type right side mounted the motor is located on the opposite side if the linear slide is centered Motorized Linear Slides Product Name EASM LYDL T JL IARAK EASM6LYDLILILIARAC EASM LYEL IL IL IARAK EASM LYEL IL JL IARAC Single shaft EASM LYDL IL IL JARMK EASM LYDL IL JL IARMC EASM LYEL IL TL JARMK EASM LYEL IL TL JARMC With electromagnetic brake Number Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 085 Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 150 800 850 single Shaft 3 9 4 2 4 5 4 8 5 1 5 3 5 6 5 9 6 2 6 5 6 7 7 0 1 3 7 6 7 9 8 1 8 4 6 2 6 5 Mass kg Electromagnetic 6 8 7 0 7 3 7 6 7 9 8 2 8 4 8 7 6 1 6 4 67 69
32. 100 200 300 e Positioning Distance Operating Speed Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed Positioning Distance mm 70 700 70 700 Load Mass Load Mass 60 600 a 60 600 ae E50 500 ape T 50t 500 14kg EU E ES 60 kg E 28 kg 40 400 40 400 8 230 amp 300 230 S 300 S s FB amp 20r amp 200 amp 20 amp 200 uersu umen mes 10 1004 iot ano s MES 100 200 300 o ow 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Acceleration In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm 100 200 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 10r 10 10 8 125 8 21 25 gL HF uw Load Mass gL T Load Mass 0k 0k s167 86 Z 30kg 7 5167 NE c B 2 60 kg B F g 2 Bost S 4 S osl 5 S 8 B 3 S f 3 5 50r 2 5 50r 8 8 e e lt lt 0 0 0 0 100 200 Positioning Distance mm suoneoyioodsg Technical Reference Actual Pushing Force Value The pushing force for the EAC Series can be set arbitrarily by the current value in the driver The actual pushing force N is d
33. 115 ARMK 4 200 EAC4R _ 20 ARAKD lt EAC4R _ 20 ARMKD lt EAC4R 20 ARAK lt gt EACAR 20 ARMK 45 2 250 EACAR 25 ARAKD C EACAR 125 ARMKD 4 EAC4R 125 ARAK lt gt EACAR 125 ARMK 4 300 EACAR L130 ARAKD C EACAR L130 ARMKD C EACAR L130 ARMK C EAC4 Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pin Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EACARW 105 ARAKD C EAC4RW 105 ARMKD lt gt EAC4RW L105 ARMK lt 100 EACARW 110 ARAKD 4 EACARW 110 ARMKD EACARW 110 ARAK EACARW 10 ARMK 4 150 EACARW 15 ARAKD 4 EACARW 115 ARMKD 4 EACARW 15 ARAK 4 EACARW 115 ARMK C 200 EACARW 20 ARAKD 4 EAC4RW _120 ARMKD lt gt EAC4RW _120 ARAK lt gt EAC4RW _120 ARMK lt gt 250 EAC4RW _125 ARAKD lt gt EACARW 125 ARMKD EACARW 25 ARAK 4 EACARW L 25 ARMK gt 300 EACARW 30 ARAKD 4 EACARW 30 ARMKD EACARW 30 ARAK 45 EACARW 130 ARMK C OCEACA Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type ca Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EACARW 105 ARAKD C G EACARW 105 ARMKD C G EACARW 105 ARAK O G EACARW 105 ARMK C G 100 EACARW 10 ARAKD C G EACARW 10 ARMKD 4 G E
34. 58kg aof S10 30kg 4 Faol S10 8 1 25 S 8h 8 125 6 S167 3 6t 8167 2 6 E25 NE Bost 4 S 50 S 50 2 2 L ki E Se lt F un 06 100 200 300 p i Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm EAC6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type With Shaft Guide With cover AC Power Supply Input Lead 12 mm suoneoyioedg C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 6 1 6 Load Mass Load Mass 14 42 15 kg _ 1 2L 6 5kg m 30 kg 13kg e 1 0 2 1 0 s N 208 208 22 S S D 0 6 0 6 o 38 amp amp t 04 04 m 0 2 0 2 100 200 300 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm os O S 9 e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed HSS DN 70 70 700 og e o 60 60 600 S50 T50 500 E Load Mass E E40 g O0kg 3 40 g 400 B B 15 kg B Load Mass 3 EE 30kg 230 2300 okg 3 S 5 S E 65k E20 s amp 20 9 200
35. Applicable minimum lead wire AWG22 0 3 mm Round terminals cannot be used 6 2 mm or less 5 8 mm min 4 2 mm or less seues JVJ seues SWI suoneonyioedg JONG UOWWOD gt O Q 0 fe 0 uone noj e2 uonoosjes oouoJ9JeH sopils Jeaur p z N SJoput 5 pezuo1olN Jeoiuu2o 97 98 Battery Set Connect when using as an absolute backup system Product Line Product Name Applicable Dimensions unit mm Mass 0 1 kg BATOIB Built In Controller Type 44 7 Specifications Item Description N Battery Type Sealed Nickel Hydrogen Battery Nominal Voltage 24V Rated Capacity 1900 mAh Expected Life Approx 4 years ES Charge Time 32 hours to Data Retention Period Approx 360 hours Approx 15 days 1 2 Operating Ambient Temperature 0 40 C non freezing 13 18 ssa lt gt Operating Ambient Humidity 45 85 Non condensing 25 v x1 Atan ambient temperature of 20 C o A 32 After the power supply is cut OFF with the battery fully charged This cable is used to link a driver to another driver in multi axis operations It also connects the network converter to the driver Product Line Applicable Product Name Length L m Built In Controller Type AC Power Supply Input CCOO2 RS4 des Built In Controller Type CCOO1 RSA 0 1 DC Power Supply Input CCOO2 RSA 0 25 Connection Example
36. C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 3 0 Load Mass 0kg EK 14kg Positioning Time s 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 60 600 Y 50 DT amp E 230 S S 5 20 Load is A 10 7kg 14kg Ot 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration C Max Speed by Stroke Stroke mm Maximum Speed mm s 0 5 20 m w oa ass 0 56 18 Pea 2 0 63 16 15kg gon uw 50 83 E 12 E tor S 10 125 9S ge S Sa 167 2 6 ak 25 ABS 8 50 2 lt 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm 0 5 20 T0506 18 E 063 16 SEINE g07i 14 14kg s 0 83 E 12 c 10 8 10 B 1 25 8 S167 6 25 4 a 8 50 2 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm 50 500 400 550 320 600 270 650 220 700 200 In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0 01 mm EAS4 Side Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positi
37. Positioning Time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the applicable stroke Refer to page 109 for operating speed and acceleration 912 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient 1 6 J 40 SU Load Mass Load Mass Load Mass roke ae oan 1 4 i TF 35 175 5 mm Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation 12 mM 3 0 a Okg 15 kg 30 kg 15 kg y o E A 50 600 10 208 220 650 1 0 5 06 215 700 1 0 Q4 40 790 1 0 o5 as a 800 1 1 6 850 1 2 0 100 200 300 400 500 000 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient 2 5 4 0 m Load Mass Rus ee a 3 5 mee pos ari Horizontal Directi
38. Positioning time 4 0 Load Mass so 0 kg eis 15kg 30 kg 2 0 S 1 5 3 as LA 10 1 77 0 5 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Operating Speed Load Mass kg 15kg 30 kg Operating Speed mm s 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Acceleration Load Mass kg 15kg 90 kg Acceleration m s2 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm inching Y What Oriental Motor Can Provide The positioning time drive speed and acceleration can be easily retrieved from the graph in this brochure From the graph the movement can be estimated by selecting the model when the operating conditions change to no load or A N A 7 SS Se High speed drive with light load Capable of a higher speed drive when load lessens during the return Transportable Mass 0 kg Positioning Distance 500 mm Positioning Time 1 4 s Operating speed 400 mm s Acceleration 2 m s 0 2 G Positioning time 4 0 Load Mass 35H 7 ok 3 0 15kg iE 30 kg 2 5 m E 220 S 1 5 S ae When the load is 0 5 removed 1 4 s
39. gt s i c 40 B10 n 00 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 70r 700 60 600 sot 600 ue e 2 m 2 7kg 0 50 E 5 rw ie B 40 m 400 9 40 g 400 o 3 230 S 300 E 30 300 e wo o S Load Mass o S B20 B 200 a 20 E 200 10 100 Ee 10b 100 oL 0 I 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 05r 05r 20 056r 056 18 Load Mass 2 0 63 2 0 683 16 2071 gt 071 14 S083 E 0 83 E 12 Ss 03 amp 1 0 10 125 9 125 9 g 8 3 5167 2 6 51 67 2 6 B25 4 5 25p 4 ea 8 50 2 8 50 2 lt lt 0 00 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 050 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm EAS4 Side Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction In
40. sales S v3 sapijs Jeaur pezuojojy Electromagnetic Brake Cable b6 ak 43025 1000 Molex 1 gt Connector Cover qi 43025 0200 Molex A N D D e sJ9puljA3 EYAPDO DIT 5557 10R 210 Molex 5557 02R 210 Molex zB 185 Connector Cover 2 Motor Cable 68 s 23 1 97 6 3 S 6873 For Electromagnetic Brake E c gt S 2 E Mechanical Limit Position Stroke 61 jo ay Stroke 109 7 2 32 5 Stroke 3 Home Position Positioning Range Installation Plate Foot Type Accessory c e C r 2 C EM NI D c 3p CD Detail of A 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in three directions amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism The pushing return to home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor 3 For DC power supply input total motor length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft models and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type 4 The installation plate foot type cannot be installed on this part Motorized Cylinder With Shaft Guide EACMARWDI IL IARAK EACMARWEL IL IARAK EACM4RWDLILIARAC EACMARWET IL IARAC Single shaft Product Name EACMARWDLILIARM
41. 1 kO V IN2 4 4 KQ YA 4 1k0 V Sain Luo gc 4 4 4 4 O wow E pne vh OVV PNP Sensor 24 VDC Use 24 VDC for the input signals Use 24 VDC 10 mA or less for the output signals When the current value exceeds 10 mA connect the external resistor Ro to reduce the current to 10 mA or less The maximum saturation voltage for the output signals is 3 V n Vac rz ij Lut Rec E Hee RR EP gt E E c Provide a distance of 200 mm or longer between the signal lines and power lines power supply lines motor lines Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines If noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific wiring or layout shield the cable or use ferrite cores solas SWI suoneoyioedg seues JVJ 0 3 3 o 5 s 3 6 2 uongN2YJED seuosseooy uonoosjes oouoJ49JoH Jeoiuu2o sopils Jeaur p z N SJoput 5 pezuo1olN 83 Connection and Operation Pulse input type Driver Part Names and Functions Pulse input type AC power supply input Signal Monitor Display 5 24 VDC Input CN1 Regeneration Unit Thermal Input CN1 amp 2 Current Setting Switch Electromagnetic Brake Terminals CN1 P 3 Velocity Filter Setting Switch Regeneration Unit Connection Terminals CN3 Main Power Input Terminal CN3
42. 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Acceleration Load Mass 14 0kg 7 5kg Acceleration m s Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 3 0 Load Mass kg M creer SAY 220 7 7 6kg D E LH S 8 1 0 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 60 600 50 500 Load Mass E 0kg 40 x 400 3kg C D e 2 6kg E30 2300 amp 20 9 200 e e 0 Ep e 10 100 a 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration Load Mass 7 kg aoa SKT Acceleration m s Positioning Distance mm EAC4 Standard Type With Shaft Guide With cover 24 VDC Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 Load Mass kg 15kg 30kg c1 Positioning Time s 5 0 5 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 eot 600 Mu d cy 15kg 50 500 E 30kg 9 40 x 400 AM S E30r S 300 e 5 2 20 5 e amp 10 0 0 0 100 200 300
43. 100 mm E 2 E S 5 E 8 0 5 8 10 2 T z oF ae ee eee a JG E 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 0p 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation l l l T Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied with load and can transport the load Refer to the above graph for 3 5 Load Mass 8 0 Load Mass Qkg kg the horizontally transportable mass _ 3 0 30kg D 70 14kg Load Center 2 60 kg 26 OK 28kg of Gravity 225 2 5 0 7 40 E z 15 TE 2 8 3 0 7 Overhung 10 a a Home Position distance T Positioning Distance l a p The positioning distance is the distance from the home 0p 100 200 300 05 100 200 300 position Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion from the load installation surface The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less z Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 71 Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Operating Speed mm s 63 64 Dimensions unit mm Motorized Cylinders lt EAC4 Standard Type AC Input d D
44. 11 1 0 S 40 A l l 12 10 amp 30 14 1 0 ad a 1 6 1 0 1 0 400 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 400 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Load Mass Dimensions During Horizontal Installation GDuring Vertical Installation amp Motorized Linear Slides Acceleration of 3 m s Acceleration of 2 m s Pages 34 37 Load Mass kg Load Mass kg Operating Speed mm s Operating Speed mm s 29 Dimensions unit mm Motorized Linear Slides lt EAS4 Standard Type X Table 50 4xM4x8 Dee L4 07 x4 Deep For AC Input eto For DC Input co 4 H7 74 0 x4 Deep ce Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 Connector Cover 43025 1000 Molex 43025 0200 Molex 5557 02R 210 Molex 5557 10R 210 Molex i Stroke 257 8 3 Stroke t 228 2 3 3 Mechanical Limit Position Protective Earth Terminal M4 Mechanical Limit Position 3 Home 97 6 8 40 3 21 65 Stroke 3 Positionining Allowable Range 3 For Elec
45. 125 ARMK 4 3 300 EACAW 30 ARAKD 4 EACAW 30 ARMKD 4 EACAW 30 ARAK 4 EACAW I30 ARMK 4 CEACA Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pes Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type gt Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EACAW 105 ARAKD C G EACAW 105 ARMKD C G EACAW 105 ARAK C G EACAW 105 ARMK C G S 100 EAC4W _110 ARAKD G EAC4W 110 ARMKD O G EACAW 10 ARAK O G EACAW 110 ARMK C G P 150 EACAW 15 ARAKD C G EACAW 115 ARMKD 4 G EACAW 115 ARAK C G EACAW 115 ARMK C G 200 EACAW 120 ARAKD C G EACAW 20 ARMKD 4 G EACAW 20 ARAK C G EACAW 20 ARMK C G 250 EACAW 125 ARAKD O G EACAW 125 ARMKD C G EACAW 125 ARAK C G EACAW 125 ARMK C G 300 EACAW I30 ARAKD C G EACAW I30 ARMKD O G EAC4W 130 ARAK lt gt G EAC4W 130 ARMK lt gt G OCEACA Side Mounted Type uone no e uon2ejag Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type S Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EACAR 05 ARAKD 4 EACAR 05 ARMKD 4 EACAR 05 ARAK C EACAR 105 ARMK 4 3 100 EACAR 110 ARAKD 4 EAC4R _110 ARMKD lt EAC4R _110 ARAK lt gt EAC4R _110 ARMK lt gt D 150 EACAR 15 ARAKD 4 EACAR 115 ARMKD 4 EACAR 115 ARAK 4 EACAR
46. 36 pins Indication 1 0 Pin No Code Signal Name 1 9 o 2 GND Ground Connection 3 ASG Te A Phase Pulse Output Signal Line driver gt 4 ASG o5 5 BSG 6 BSG B Phase Pulse Output Signal Line driver 7 TIM1 8 TIM Timing Output Line driver 2 z 9 ALM 2 Al tput 0 2 10 ALM arm Outpu 3 S Output 11 WNG i Power 12 WNG Warning Output 13 END C 14 END Positioning Completion Output 15 READY ALO 4 1 tion R tput Al tput 0 1 16 READY ALO Operation Ready Output Alarm Code Output 0 17 TLC AL1 7 1 e xi um 18 TLC AOF Torque Limiting Output Alarm Code Output 1 19 TIM2 AL2 1 2 T AJ Timing Output Open collector Alarm Code Output 2 1 21 GND Ground Connection 22 IN COM Common for Input Signals 23 C ON 2 All Windings On Input 24 CLR ALM RST Deviation Counter Clear Input Alarm Reset Input 25 CCM Current Control Mode On Input 26 CS Resolution Select Input 27 28 RETURN Return To Electrical Home Operation Input 29 P RESET Position Reset Input 30 FREE Excitation Off and Electromagnetic Brake Release 31 CW PLS 32 CW_ PLS CW Pulse Input Pulse Input 5 V line driver 33 CW 24 PLS 24V CW Pulse Input Pulse Input 24 V 34 CCW 24 DIR 24V CCW Pulse Input Rotation Direction Input 24 V 35 CCW DIR 36 CCW_ DIR CCW Pulse Input Rotation Direction Input 5 V line driver 1 Enabled when the settings are changed with the separately sold control module OPX 2A or data setting soft
47. 600 ae Ca 15kg 500 E 80 kg g 400 B 300 c d TU 3 E 200 li gt b 1001 0 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5r 0 56 2 0 63 2 0 71 0 83 ms kHz NOI c1 e T T T 1 677 Acceleration deceleration rati T enm ce c ce r Din the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm 14 co xk Acceleration m s Load Mass 0kg 15kg Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Operating Speed kHz 1 2 Load Mass 1 0 Okg cec SN 0 8 6kg Positioning Time s ce a 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 E Load Mass Es kg e 3 EC E 6kg hz A 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 e Positioning Distance Acceleration Acceleration m s 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Operating Speed kHz 3 0 Load Mass
48. AWG24 to 16 0 2 to 1 25 mm Connector for CN1 CN5 Connect to CN1 ed Orientalmotor Connecting the Electromagnetic Brake Prepare a power supply of 24 VDC DC P Switch C Power Supply a SS 24 VDC 5 Electromagnetic Brake Cable Black Surge T Included Suppressor Included e Electromagnetic Brake Cable Motor Cable m e Connected to CN2 AUN c J Eo FREE GEO EL If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable sold separately the 24 VDC 4 specification applies Appying a voltage above the specification causes damage to the motor To protect the switch contacts and prevent noise always connect a surge suppressor Equipped on products with electromagnetic brake solas SWI suoneoyioedg seues JVJ 0 fe 3 3 O 3 U md lt 6 2 uone noj e2 seuosseooy oouoJ9JeH sopils Jeaur p z N SJoput 5 pezuo1olN uonoosjes Jeoiuu2o 89 Connecting to the Host Controller Common for the AC power supply input and DC power supply
49. C ON_R 39 R7 48 MO_R 63 SLIT_R 73 AREA 7 JOG_R 18 STOP_R 40 R8 49 M1 R 65 ALM 74 AREA2 8 MSO_R 32 RO 41 R9 50 M2 R 66 WNG 75 AREA3 80 S BSY Sensor Signal Input CN5 Indication Pin No Signal Name Initial Value Side Limit Sensor Input Side Limit Sensor Input Mechanical Home Sensor Input Slit Sensor Input Common for Sensors CN5 19 Connection Diagram For built in controller type AC power supply input C Connections with Peripheral Equipment Regeneration Unit RGB 100 included wiht product Sold separately as accessories Driver 24 VDC Power Supply Motorized Actuators i Always connect when using Thermal Protector Output Connect to CN1 24 VDC AWG22 x2 END PES Connect to CN2 E a Tl Connect to Output Signals CN9 Y s Regeneration Unit D Connect to Input Signals CN8 Cable Included AWG18 x2 d D D D Controller Sensor Signal Connect to CN5 Battery BATO 1B Control Module OPX 2A OPERATIONAL UNIT OPX 2 Or Data setting so
50. Maximum Speed mm s Type 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Single Phase 100 120 i Me te me klia eae oe ae a ae eae ae Ming ak ence a a ane vow ac wes e cc c o dim ib Single Phase 200 240 erigit pe Three Phase 200 230 Standard 42x42 mm 1 1 2 1 k j DC24 48 Single Phase 100 120 Single Phase 200 240 Ste i EAC three Phase 200 230 60x60 mm 2 6 4 8 kg DC24 48 Single Phase 100 120 EAC Series Single Phase 200 240 Standard Type EAC4W three Phase 200 230 42x114 mm Shaft Guide i a DC24 48 With Cover a Single Phase 100 120 Single Phase 200 240 EAC W three Phase 200 230 60x156 mm 4 1 7 5 kg DC24 48 Single Phase 100 120 lt n m Single Phase 200 240 uid ah ak La EACAR Three Phase 200 230 Standard 42x42 mm 1 1 2 1 kg DC24 48 9 Single Phase 100 120 Single Phase 200 240 p EAC R three Phase 200 230 MI 60 x60 mm 2 6 4 8 kg DC24 48 Single Phase 100 120 EAC Series 9 Single Phase 200 240 EACARW three Phase 200 230 42x114 mm 1 8 3 5 kg Side Mounted Type haft Gui ao DC24 48 With Cover Single Phase 100 120 Single Phase 200 2407 EAC6RW three Phase 200 230 60x156 mm c ot e 4 1 7 5 kg aR With Shaft G
51. Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 71 Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Operating Speed mm s 61 62 EAC6W Frame Size 60 mm x 156 mm 24 VDC Input standard Type with Shaft Guide With cover Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 28 kg P Stroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Mp 2 2 My 2 2 Mg 1 3 Static Permissible Moment Nem Mp 7 8 My 7 8 Mp 3 0 Prade NGAME Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EAC6W D ARAKI O E3 EAC6W D ARMKI C El EAC6W E ARAKL C EJ EAC6W E ARMK O El A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product An alphabet G indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box Ed in the product name For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristics for 48 V
52. Page 92 gt Page 92 For Electromagnetic Brake aii eee 24VDC Power Supply J oc oL Tow 7 Immediate Motion Creator for CM SCX Series Software ww EAC Series Motorized Cylinders For Electromagnetic Brake For Motor Controller Computer A 5 gt Page 102 f 24 VDC Power Products are available with a 1 m 2 m or 3 m cable Supply for motor and electromagnetic brake Main Power Supply and also without a cable Accessories Sold separately 8 ae Y o es D Mounting Plates General Purpose Cables Connector Terminal Block gt Page 101 gt Page 97 Conversion Units gt Page 97 C The EAC Series employs the AR Series therefore it shares the User s Manual of the AR Series The User s Manual is not included with the product Contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office or download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu Q System Configuration Example Sold Separately Installation Plates Connector Terminal Block Foot type Conversion Unit 1 m o SON PAP4EAC CC36TI0E EAC Series Controller EAC4 E05 ARMC 1 The system configuration shown above is an example Other combinations are available suoneoaiioedg uone noje uon2ajag S9lJ0SS922V JONG uouluo 92U949J9H e21UU29 sauos Svr sapijs Jeaur pazuoiojy m
53. Positioning Time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the applicable stroke Refer to pages 107 and 108 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient Load Mass Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation 0kg 7 5 kg Positioning Time s u sapa 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient 10 0 Load Mass Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Load Mass Stroke Oko mm oe he mm Load Mass kg r KG 90 550 1 0 Positioning Time s Positioning Time s 4 0 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 0 1 5 1 4 1 4 1 5 1 0 2 0 r a 00 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 00 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling
54. Schiessstra 3e 74 w Unit 5 Faraday Office Park w Via A De Gasperi 85 40549 Dusseldorf Germany Rankine Road Basingstoke 20017 Mazzo di Rho MI Italy Tel 0211 5206700 Fax 0211 52067099 Hampshire RG24 8AH U K Tel 02 93906346 Fax 02 93906348 Tel 01256 347090 Fax 01256 347099 Other countries ORIENTAL MOTOR FRANCE SARL ORIENTAL MOTOR CO LTD www orientalmotor eu www orientalmotor fr www orientalmotor co jp v France Headquarters v Headquarters w 56 Rue des Hautes P tures w 4 8 1 Higashiueno 92000 Nanterre Cedex France Taito ku Tokyo 110 8536 Japan Tel 01 47 86 97 50 Fax 01 47 82 45 16 Tel 03 6744 0361 Fax 03 5826 2576 Customer Center Support in German amp English 00800 22 55 66 22 Mon Thu 08 00 17 30 CET Friday 08 00 16 00 CET CA LLOMCC Free Call Europe info orientalmotor de For more information please contact Copyright Oriental Motor Europa GmbH 2015 UK 072015 VERS02 Printed in Germany
55. The illustration below shows an AC power supply input when drivers are Se LLLLLLLLLLL LE linked Dimensions unit mm E RS 485 Communication Connector CN6 CN7 Connection between Drivers is Possible 6 2 Regeneration Unit During vertical drive gravitational operation or sudden start stop in high inertia an external force causes the motor to rotate and function as a power generator When the regenerative power exceeds the driver s regenerative power absorption capacity it may cause damage to the motor In such a case the regeneration unit is connected to the driver to convert regenerative energy into thermal energy for dissipation Product Line Product Name Applicable Product RGB100 AR Series AC Power Supply Input Specifications Item Description Continuous Regenerative Power 50 W Resistance Value 150 Q 9 Thermostat opan PUn rA Close 145 12 C Normally closed 120 VAC 4 A 30 VDC 4A Minimum current 5 mA Operating Temperature Thermostat Electrical Rating Install the regeneration unit in the location that has the same heat radiation capability as the heat sink Material aluminum 350x350 mm 3 mm thick Sensor Set g D 0 Sensor sets dedicated to the EAS Series z The sensor set consists of three sets of a sensor a sensor mounting bracket a flexible sensor cable with connector 2 m and 1 shieldi
56. The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Refer to page 114 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 1 2 Load Mass Mke 7 5kg ce e co IN Positioning Time s ce o gt ho 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 2 0 Load Mass kg O1 Positioning Time s 5 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 3 0 Load Mass kg 3 5 kg 220K D E 2 S 1 0 a 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 3 0 Load Mass NIN 6 3kg 29 0l 7 12 5 kg D E PT S 1 0 a 0 The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Thrust N 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s 100 Positioning Distance mm 200 300 Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 65 suoneaiioadg Salles Svr sapijs Jeaur pezuojoj A N e gt D e sJ9puljA3 EPIO DIT uone no e uon2ojag S9lJ0SS922y JONG UOWIWWO
57. d5kg E 10 6kg 4 5125 8k 8125 gie lt 6E 51567 E 25 4 a B 25 S 50 2 jL 50 lt lt a m 100 200 300 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm EAC4 Side Mounted Type With Shaft Guide With cover 24 VDC Input Lead 6 mm lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation lt Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 T 3 0 T Load Mass Load Mass a kg kg A _ 1 5 15kg soc 5 8kg HEN T 30kg 29 0 11 5 kg 9 21 0 g 2 210 0 5 100 200 300 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 700 60 600 it ys 60 600 ain us Teal 2 15kg rm 2 5 8kg zo ga SEN 115kg B40 g 400 B40 g 400 2 Z 300 2 2 300 Eoo amp 200 Eoo amp 200 10 100 10 100 9t MG 100 200 300 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 05 20 _ 05 20 E056 18 E056 18 Boe 46 Boe 46 gum ade Ee gon gu ad sos 12 15kg 4 5 0 83 HA
58. lt EACM4RWDLILIARME EAC6RW EL _ ARM_ID EACM6RWELILIARME EAC6RW ELILI ARMLI EACM6RWEDDARMEB EAC6RW D ARML ID C EACM6RWDL IL IARMEJ EAC6RW D ARM C EACM RWDI T IARMES lt Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover lt Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover Electromagnetic Product Name Motorized Cylinder Driver Product Electromagnetic a ANE Motorized Cylinder Driver Product Brake Product Name Name Brake Product Name Name EACAW E ARAL ID C G EACM4RWELILIARAI G EACAW E ARAL C G EACMARWEL IL IARAETG Not EACAW D ARA ID C G EACMARWDI T IARAETGC Not EACAW D ARA C G EACMARWDL T IARAETG equipped EACG6W EL T ARALD C G EACM RWELT IARAETG equipped EAC6 W EL ARAL C G EACM RWELT IARAET G EAC6W D ARAL D C G EACM6RWDLI_IARAIG ARD EID EAC6W D ARAL C G EACM RWDI TL JARABTEG ARD O EACAW E ARM ID C G EACM4RWELI_IARME G EACAW E ARMI C G EACMARWE TL JARMETG Eou oned EACAW D 1 ARMEDD O G EACM4RWDLILARMEFG Bapa EAC4W DLILI ARMLI G EACM4RWDLILIARMEFG EAC6W E I ARML ID C G EACM RWEL T IARMETG EAC6W E ARML C G EACM RWEL IL JARMETG EAC6W D ARML D C G EACM6RWDLILIARMEE G EAC6W D ARML G EACM RWDE TL JARMETG CO Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover CO Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover Electromagnetic Product Name Motorized Cylinder Driver Product Electromagnetic Podaci Nane Motorized Cylinder Driver Product Brake Product Name Name Brake Product N
59. 010 ARMK C 150 EASAL L 015 ARMKD O EASAL L 015 ARAK O EASALT L 015 ARMK O 200 EASA I 020 ARAKD C EASA 020 ARMKD C EASA l 020 ARAK C EASA l 020 ARMK C 250 EASA 025 ARAKD C EASA 025 ARMKD C EASA 1025 ARAK C EASA 025 ARMK C 300 EASAL 030 ARAKD C EAS4_ L 030 ARMKD lt EAS4 L_ 030 ARAK lt gt EASA 030 ARMK C 350 _ _1035 ARAKD lt EAS4 _ _1035 ARMKD lt EASA 035 ARAK C EASAI i 035 ARMK C 400 1040 ARAKD C EASA 040 ARMKD EASA 1040 ARAK C EASA 040 ARMK C 450 1045 ARAKD OC EASA I 045 ARMKD C EASA I 045 ARAK C EASA I 045 ARMK 500 050 ARAKD C EASA I 050 ARMKD C EASA I 050 ARAK C EASAI i 050 ARMK C 550 _ LJ055 ARAKD lt EASA 055 ARMKD C EASA 055 ARAK C EASA 055 ARMK C 600 060 ARAKD C EASA 060 ARMKD EASA 060 ARAK C EASAI 060 ARMK C 650 _1065 ARAKD lt EAS4__ 065 ARMKD lt EASAI 065 ARAK OC EASA 065 ARMK lt 700 _ LJ070 ARAKD lt EAS4 _ _ 070 ARMKD lt EASA I 070 ARAK C EASA 070 ARMK C lt EAS4 Side Mounted Type Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pi Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 005 ARAKD C EASAR L 005 ARAK C EASAR L I 005 ARMK C 100 010 ARAKD C _J _J010 ARAK lt EAS4R L _ LJ010 ARMK lt 150 L1015 ARAKD C LI L 015 ARAK EAS4R L _ L 015 ARMK 200 020 ARAKD C L1 L1020
60. 1 CC36D2AE 2 Dimensions unit mm CC36DI1E CC36D2E Conductor AWG28 0 08 mm 52316 3619 MOLEX Insulated Round Crimp Terminal 1 25 4 Driver Side Controller Side CC36D1 AE CC36D2AE Conductor AWG28 0 08 mm 10336 3540 010 L SUMITOMO 3M 300 0 300 0 Shield 10 3 10 s 42 N kit T Laminate Insulated Round Crimp Terminal 0 1 25 4 30 10 10136 6000EL SUMITOMO 3M T Ie RI KH 39 8 Driver Side 11 5 Controller Side Connector Terminal Block Conversion Unit A conversion unit that connects a driver to a programmable controller using a terminal block e Includes a signal name plate for easy one glance identification of driver signal names e DIN rail Installable e Cable length 1 m CC36T10E Product Line Product Name Applicable Length m Pulse Input Type CCS6TIOE For CN5 36 pins M Dimensions unit mm CC36T10E 294 5 Installation Hole 162 2 X498 Counterbore x 3 5 Deep DIN Rail Terminal Block Pin No 19 20 2122 23 045 627 28 29 30 s1 52 33 34 35 36 112 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 tojti t2 t3 dito fe 7 t8 Insulated Round Crimp Terminal 1 25 4 52316 3619 MOLEX 54331 1361 MOLEX 52316 3619 MOLEX 54331 1361 MOLEX Applicable Crimp Terminals Terminal Screw Size M3 Tightening Torque 1 2 Nem
61. 17 9 4x MANG Deep 50 PEE Mechanical Limit Position o Stroke 143 3 Mechanical Limit Position E 3 Home o 23 1 21 65 Stroke 3 Positionining Allowable Range 3 c I gt s c CD S Stroke 135 4 P 122 50 _ nx100 4 5 100 ins 1000 02 0 04x5 Deep co D CD S D O n 3 xM5x6 Deep gt For Electromagnetic Brake Detail of A E Ey C r EN C EM 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in three directions amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism 3 For DC power supply input total length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type 4 When using an accessory sensor the home position differs Dhe above figure is an outline drawing of the motor installation direction for the type left side mounted For the type right side mounted the motor is located on the opposite side if the linear slide is centered Motorized Linear Slides Product Name EASM4LYDLILILIARAK EASM4LYDLILILIARAC EASMALYEL IL IL JARAK EASMALYEL JL 1L IARAC Single shaft EASMALYDL IL IL JARMK EASMALYDL IL TL JARMC EASMALYELJLILIARMK EASMALYEL ILL JARMC With electromagnetic brake Number Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name 065 070 Stroke 650 700 Single Shaft s E Mass kg Electromagnetic 39 40 Brake Type
62. 50 Hz or 60 Hz Ambient 0 55 C 3 0 50 C 3 0 50 C Operating Temperature non freezing non freezing non freezing ANON ATDAN 85 or less non condensing In operation Humidity Atmosphere Use in an area without corrosive gases and dust The product should not be exposed to water oil or other liquids Degree of Protection IP10 IP20 IP10 IP20 k1 The measured value is 100 MO or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied between two points in the table 2 No failure is found even if the voltage is applied for 1 minute under the condition shown in the table k3 When a heat sink is installed that is equivalent to an aluminum plate size of at least 200x200 mm and 2 mm thickness Do not perform the insulation resistance test or dielectric voltage withstand test while the motorized actuator and driver are connected Built In Controller Type RS 485 Communication Specification Protocol Modbus Protocol Modbus RTU Mode Electrical Characteristics In compliance with the EIA 485 Use twisted pair cables TIA EIA 568B CAT5e or better recommended The maximum total extension length is 50 m Transmission Mode Half duplex Baud Rate 9600bps 19200bps 38400bps 57600bps 115200bps Physical Layer Start stop synchronization data 8 bits stop bit 1 bit or 2 bits parity none even or odd Connection Type Up to 31 units can be connected to a single programmable controller master unit Dimensions unit mm o D D GBuilt In Controller Type lt AC Pow
63. 600 eop Goo d mer ee Weal 2 gan 77 76 5 kg E50 00 gs E sok 0 B 40L 5 400 B 40 x 400 i 230 S 300 230 S 300 m Load Mass E E 220 E 200 Sh oto 220 E 200 15kg 10 100 30kg 10 100 0 100 200 300 o 9 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 20 0 5 20 056r 18 Load Mass 0 56 18 Load be E 99063 kg p E g 2 0 63 16 an 0 63 16 i e g 0 717 14 30 kg 7 amp 0 71 14 13kg 7 5 0 83 2 g 0 83 12 S 10 10 10 10 3125 i gusp g 8 E1677 2 6N 2167 amp 6 5 p 25r 4 5 25 4 D pa D 8 50t 2 paka 8 50 2 T 0 lt 0 0 a z i E y 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm EAC6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time With Shaft Guide With cover 24 VDC Input Lead 6 mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 122 4 0 T 9 0 T 35 Load Mass 8 0 Load Mass kg Okg _ 3 0 30kg TOr kg 225 60 kg ger 28 kg E 2 5 0 c c E 40 1 5 E a B EN 1 0 20 see SS ae 0 5 1 0 a gan 0 100 200 300
64. 7 2 7 5 7 8 8 1 8 3 8 6 Brake Type The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass at DC power supply input Hole Coefficient n Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 150 800 850 CO CO NOTO BI cw PP For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu 37 38 C Cables for Motor Included Cables for Electromagnetic Brake Included C AC Power Supply Input Common to All Types eCables for Motor Cable Type Length L m Motor Side Driver Side Cable for Motor 1 m 1 75 Cable for Motor 2 m 2 5559 10P 210 C tor C 5557 10R 210 Cable for Motor 3 m 3 Molex PANELI SUNT Molex N CN CN 11 6 14 5 eCables for Electromagnetic Brake Electromagnetic brake type only Cable Type Length L m Motor Side Driver Side Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 1 m 1 L 16 J ANE TOCSSGTTOTNAR DRUG A Rn MN z 5559 02P 210 Stick Terminal Al0 5 8WH Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 3 m 3 Molex Phoenix Contact C DC Power Supply Input Common to All Types e Cables for Motor Cable Type Length L m Motor Side Driver Side Cable for Motor 1 m 1 Cable for Motor 2 m 2 43020 1000 Molex 43025 1000 Molex o Cable for Motor 3 m 3 a E eCables for Electr
65. ARMKD C DL 1 L1020 ARAK C EAS4R L _ L 020 ARMK lt 250 025 ARAKD lt 1 L1025 ARMKD C _ _J025 ARAK lt EAS4R L L LJ025 ARMK lt 300 030 ARAKD lt _ _JO30 ARMKD lt L LI LIO3O ARAK lt EAS4R L L_I LJO30 ARMK lt 350 035 ARAKD lt _l _J035 ARMKD lt EASAR L 035 ARAK C EASAR L 035 ARMK C 400 040 ARAKD lt _ LJ040 ARMKD lt EASAR L 1040 ARAK C EASAR L 1040 ARMK C 450 045 ARAKD lt L L1 045 ARMKD C EAS4R L _ LJ045 ARAK lt EASAR L 045 ARMK C 500 050 ARAKD lt L1 050 ARMKD C EASAR L 1050 ARAK C EASAR L 050 ARMK C 550 055 ARAKD C _ LJ055 ARMKD lt EAS4R L _ L1055 ARAK lt EAS4R L _L LJ055 ARMK 600 060 ARAKD lt _ LJ060 ARMKD lt EASAR L 1060 ARAK C EASAR L 1060 ARMK C 650 _1065 ARAKD lt _ _1065 ARMKD lt EAS4R L _ _ 065 ARAK lt EASAR L 065 ARMK C 700 _1070 ARAKD lt _ LJ0O70 ARMKD lt EAS4R L _ LJ070 ARAK lt EAS4R L _ LJO70 ARMK lt A symbol indicating the table and lead is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product OCEAS Standard Type
66. B50 2 850 2 gt ol 0 oL 0 PS 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm lt Max Speed by Stroke Stroke mm Maximum Speed mm s 90 550 300 600 270 650 220 700 200 CO Max Speed by Stroke Stroke mm Maximum Speed mm s 90 550 300 600 270 650 220 700 200 In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0 01 mm lEAS6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 12 mm 92 D D O e zn e 5 a lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time Ed 4 0 Load Mass 35 Load Mass 0kg E 0kg 15kg a0E 75kg
67. Brake 2 m 2 3 Molex Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 3 m 3 EE Motorized Cylinder and Driver Combinations The product names for motorized cylinder and driver combinations are shown below GBuilt In Controller Type c D CD e e rot ET o gt D GPulse Input Type lt Standard Type C Standard Type eee Prodict Name ja Sud uia Mio Produc Nane jak aoe ui 3 EACA E ARA ID C EACMAEL IL ARAH EACA E ARA C EACMAE IL ARAH gt 3 Not EACA DI ARA ID EACMADL TL JARAH Not EACA DI ARA lt gt EACMADLI T ARAH oS equipped EAC6 ELILI ARALID EACM6EDIDARAH equipped EAC6 ELIL ARAL O EACM6EDIDARAH 2 EAC6 D ARAL ID EACMODI IL IARAEJ ARD ED EAC6 DL _ ARAL lt EACM6DLILJARAH ARD O EACA E ARMUD gt EACMAEL I IARMES EACA E ARML C EACM4ELILJIARME Kakine E
68. Communication Protocol Setting Connection with a network converter Modbus RTU Mode m 2 gt o TEZER nao 2 ph 29 5 D D EX 6 Input Signal Connector CN8 Indication Pin No Signal Name Initial Value 1 INO HOME Execute the return to home operation 2 IN1 START Execute the positioning operation BO 3 IN2 MO nao 4 IN3 M1 Use 3 bits to select the operating data number o N CN8 ua 5 IN4 M2 6 IN5 FREE Stop motor excitation and release the electromagnetic brake i ING STOP Stop the motorized actuator Oo 8 IN7 ALM RST Reset current alarm S k You can set functions to assign by specifying parameters Initial values are shown above For details refer to the AR Series User s Manual 3 The following input signals can be assigned to input terminals INO to IN7 d Input Signals 0 Not used 5 SSTART 10 MS2 17 C ON 27 HMI 36 R4 41 R9 46 R14 51 M3 1 FWD 6 JOG 11 MS3 18 STOP 32 RO 37 R5 42 R10 4T R15 52 M4 5 2 RVS 7 JOG 12 MS4 24 ALM RST 33 R1 38 R6 43 R11 48 MO 53 M5 o 3 HOME 8 MSO 13 MS5 25 P PRESET 34 R2 39 R7 44 R12 49 M1 z 4 START 9 MS1 16 FREE 26 P CLR 35 R3 40 R8 45 R13 50 M2 D Taking the continuous operation as example the table rod movement for the FWD and RVS input signals are shown below For the FWD input signal The motor output shaft rotates in CW direction and the table rod moves to the opposite side Q o For the RVS inp
69. Control Module Setting The geared motor gear ratio for the speed monitor can be set e sk Except when you want to further reduce heat generation or noise using normal mode is recommended Less Maintenance x Required Wai Maintenance has been simplified With Oriental Motor s unique belt tension adjustment mechanism maintenance parts are commonalized with the AR Series and maintenance performance is improved Simple Belt Replacement Side Mounted Type The belt is easily replaced using Oriental Motor s unique belt tension adjustment mechanism Tension Tension adjustment adjustment springs screws Tension adjustment Tension adjustment screws springs When the screw is loosened the belt tension is adjusted to the appropriate tension using the force from the spring The above figure shows the side mounted mechanism in the EAS Series but it is also similar with the EAC Series Similar Maintenance Parts The motors and drivers for the EAS and EAC Series adopt the standard AR Series The maintenace parts are the same therefore managing the parts inventory is simplified Motorized Linear Slides Motorized Cylinders EAS Series EAC Series Closed Loop Stepper Motor and Driver Package Purchase One Package Code short Delivery Time The complicated ordering and checking of inventory becomes simplified and the products are delivered in a short time Multiple components One p
70. ID C G EACARW 125 ARML D C G EACARW 125 ARAL OC G EACARW 25 ARML C G 300 EACARW 1I30 ARAL ID C G EACARW I30 ARML D C G EACARW 130 ARA G EACARW 30 ARML 1 G A symbol indicating the lead is specified in the box L in the product name Either A single phase 100 115 120 VAC C single phase 200 230 240 VAC or S three phase 200 230 VAC pulse input packages only indicating power supply input is entered where the box is located within the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product 41 CEAC Standard Type ae pn Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6 05 ARAL ID C EAC6 105 ARMI D O EAC 6 105 ARAL C EAC 6 105 ARMI C 100 TO ARAL D C EAC6 10 ARML ID C EAC6 10 ARAL I EAC6 10 ARMI C 150 15 ARAL ID C EAC6 15 ARM D C EAC 6 115 ARAL C EAC 6 115 ARML i C 200 120 ARALD EAC6 20 ARML ID C EAC6 120 ARAL lt EAC6 20 ARML C 250 125 ARALD EAC6 125 ARML D O EAC6 25 ARAL O EAC6 25 ARML O 300 L 90 ARALID 4 EAC6 I30 ARML D C5 EAC6 I30 ARAL T O EAC6 I30 ARML O EAC6 Standard Type with Shaft Guide
71. MEXEO2 The table rod moves as follows when receiving CW pulse and CCW pulse of driver input signal At CW pulse input The table rod moves to the opposite side At CCW pulse input The table rod moves to the motor side For the side mounted type the motor installation direction is reverse and thus the table rod moves to the opposite of the direction described above CCW Pulse Input Traveling Direction Wal CW Pulse Input m ae Traveling Direction mad 200 __ e ee a For motorized linear slides 8 88 Connection Diagram For pulse input type AC power supply input C Connections with Peripheral Equipment 24 VDC Power Supply This is required for electromagnetic brake motors Not supplied Driver POWER Motorized Actuators b PE 4 Connect to CN2 TM RENT H2 7 a 1 M82 x ki ES M E MEC rn NES cso M NOR 2 Noise Filter 3 Power Supply 3 Circuit Breaker Single Phase100 115 VAC or Ground Fault 50 60 Hz Interrupter 3 Single Phase200 230 VAC 50 60 Hz Three Phase200 230 VAC 50 60 Hz Included with product Sold separately as accessories 24 VDC T Control Module OPX 2 A fu NN c3 Bac a Orientalmotor
72. Mass 0K 7 5kg 15kg Stroke mm lt Max Speed by Stroke Maximum Speed mm s 100 200 300 400 500 600 Positioning Distance mm 700 800 Load Mass 0kg 7 5K9 100 200 300 400 500 600 Positioning Distance mm lEAS6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type 24 VDC input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 4 0 3 5 3 0 2 5 2 2 0 e s Positioning Tim oS an d UU ce Load Mass 0kg 30kg 60 kg 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 e Positioning Distance Operating Speed Positioning Distance mm 700 800 Load Mass kg 30 kg 70 60 S50 zog EJ E a i 230 gt 5 amp 20 amp 10 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration Load Mass 0kg 30 kg 60 kg 1 0 10 2125 8 g S gt s167 E 6 E S E e D 8 25 3 4 5 lt 50 2 E 2 0 0 Irn LI TL ILL In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0 01 mm 100 200 300 400 500 600 Positioning Distance mm 700 800 700 800 C Vertical Direction Instal
73. Peripheral Equipment Included with product Sold separately as accessories suoneoyioodg Control Module OPX 2 A Connect to CN6 ar or CN7 ABEE or z t Oo Host System EX it gt 9 Connect it to control with NEM mos Driver RS 485 communication 4 e 2 Vp Data setting software MEXEO2 o ZS s D ADN gt ROK o Battery BATO 1B QU a moz Q BO R n gt 9 Connect to CN3 A o n Connect to CN4 N gua SS Output Signal Connect to CN9 0 AAN S is Input Signal Connect to CN8 INS o 5 B U x Controller 2 D FG Sensor Signal Connect to CN5 Connect to CN2 5 D a 24 VDC Cable Included Motorized Actuators D GND Connect to CN1 o gt o o H AC Power Supply Noise Filter 2 DC Power Supply PE 3 9 P D 0 1 If including a connection cable either a 1 m 2 m or 3 m cable is included If you need cables longer than 3 m or flexible cables select appropriate cables from the accessories sold separately o Keep the wiring distance between the motorized actuator and driver to 30 m or shorter Si o 2 Not supplied 3 Ground to the PE terminal of the motor or at the plate used to install the motorized a
74. Positioning Distance mm EAC4 Standard Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time Load Mass kg 15kg 30kg 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 Load Mass 60F 600 in unl 15kg 50 500 E 30 kg 8 40 g 400 arg Eao gt 900 1 1 1 L 3 e 5 amp 20 EE i0 100 0 0 Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Acceleration C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 3 0 Load Mass 0kg s 7kg 22 0 14kg o E 2 S 10 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Load Mass 60 ae N 2 Soe yi 50 j E 14kg B40 g a 2 P30 e pal 2 20 7 S 10 0 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration C O 5 ct O uo1Ndajas adusI9jJaH Jeoiuu2o Load Mass kg 15kg 30 kg a 5 E D e D D 5 1 67 S D D eo e lt Load Mass 0kg 7kg Positioning Distance mm Din the graphs above the values for the operating speed
75. T ARALCT O 9 z EASA E ARMLET IO A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke in the motor installation direction is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box D in the product name 3 A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt gt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product gt For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positioning Distance Positioning Time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance gt A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the T applicable stroke Refer to pages 106 and 107 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead co QC Horizontal Direction Installation QC Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient 12 Load Mass S i p nis Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation S _ Z Okg 7 5kg 15kg Okg 3 5kg 208 50 500 10 10 10 S 206 E 550 12 13 10 S S 14 12 10 3 0 2 19 18 17 19 17 5 too 200 300 400 500 600 700 s Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation
76. are equipped with s7er AR series motor and driver package As it has the same control method as the AR series the same drive and maintenance methods can be applied during startup The positioning function equipped type LEO can be connected to a network or multiple axes Olster AR Series Equipped m Product Variation with a Unified Control Method Product lines equipped with the the AR Series all have a unified controllability Closed Loop Stepper Hollow Motor and Driver Package Rotary Actuators Same operating method Motorized Linear Slide EAS Series Motorized Cylinders EAC Series Data setting software and data setting device are the same The data setting software and the data setting device can be used commonly with the AR series E 2525 m ILzL 3dx LLLDLLLAPAB E OOULM WDLLLLLL A u a Pee oe m Bhi tits anaa z 1 EIW a ef oF AA Data setting software MEXEO2 The data setting software can be downloaded from the website Control Module OPX 2A Sold separately Energy Saving Power Consumption 66 less than a conventional model Power Consumption CO exhaust amount 66 reduction compared to the conventional model company s comparison sk Operating Condition Speed 1000 r min Load Factor 5096 Operating Time 24 hours of operation 70 operating 25 stand by 5 standstill 365 days year Power Consumption
77. c j N Q lt L IN FS B 2 e On Q Q du HET 0oVv EES p 44k0 e o AEC m 1kaN v m Lo gc 1kO AL 1kO AL 1kO Wa 1kO mized m ikofl Y C AKO Ac B Lo NAK N C1 Q O NO AKO AKO Co Q Q a AKO AKO 1 24 VDC A IN COM1 Q T m m om ml lt NPN Sensor 24 VDC oue LEES a Lue gRC 44KO Do tet gh c c C1 D gt 2 e Ike nea me nah 7 kah YAK 7 g lt e lt Use 24 VDC for the input signals Use 24 VDC 10 mA or less for the output signals When the current value exceeds 10 mA connect the external resistor Ro to reduce the current to 10 mA or less The maximum saturation voltage for the output signals is 3 V Provide a distance of 200 mm or longer between the signal lines and power lines power supply lines motor lines Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines If noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific wiring or layout shield the cable or use ferrite cores C Connection Diagram for Connection with Current Source Output Circuit Controller 12 24 VDC T Ro 10 mA or less OUTO Ro OUT4 Ro OUTS OUT COM Oi C C I Ro OUT3 I Driver PM Bran RE a ee gt Output Saturation Voltage Maximum er be a EDS E EDS WA AMAT pen pS C C
78. e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 60 S50 E B 40 Load Mass e eo kg ean Z 75k E32 M 5 15kg 220 amp 10 0 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time Load Mass WOI kg 3 5kg 7kg Positioning Time s ce a 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 60 Tool E40 5 uds EME Em E32 Ps s 7kg 220 gt S 10 0 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration seues JVJ seues SWI suoneonyioedg SJoput 5 pezuo10lN JONG UOWWOD seuosseooy SepiIS Jeaur pezi1o10 N 0 45 22 05 20 2 0 56 18 0 63 16 Load Mass Eont 14 za 0 83 g 12 o 10 125 9 8 Site 6 25 4 S ex 8 50L 2 p 0 P 0 Positioning Distance mm 0 45 22 0 5 20 3 0 56 EIE ee L3 1 m 0 63 16L Load Mass Boy a n 0kg I S E NE NE UU 35kg 2083 s 12 E a 2 10 10 Se Se e 8125 8 8 Sie7t 6 S 25 4 D 8 5 0 2 lt 0 0 ce 100 200 300
79. gt 6 c 2 7 FELEMEA OOIT 47 48 EACA Frame Size 42 mm x 42 mm AC Power Supply Input standard Type Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 14 kg otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 D A EACA EL ARMLITT C Product Name Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EACA D ARALT om 12 1 a 7 EACA DLT ARMELITO 9 0 00 0 600 EACA E ARALT l n nei 6 30 140 200 140 300 A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positioning Distance Positioning time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Refer to page 111 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 1 2 Load Mass 1 00 Okg zik _ 15 kg o co Posi
80. input the total length decreases by 0 5 mm 4 When using an accessory sensor the home position differs 1 2 Detail of A Motorized Linear Slides Product Name EASM6XDLILILIARAK EASM6XDL IL TL JARAC EASM XEL IL TL IARAK EASM6XELILJLIARAC Single shaft EASM6XDLILILIARMK EASM XDL IL JL JARMC EASM XEL IL JL JARMK EASM XEL T LIARMC With electromagnetic brake Number Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 080 085 Stroke 50 100 150 200 300 350 450 500 550 600 5 m 750 a 850 Single Shaft 39 42 45 48 6 2 65 67 7 0 8 4 Mass kg Electromagnetic 42 45 48 541 65 68 70 73 84 87 Brake Type 4 1 4 4 47 5 0 a 5 5 5 8 m 6 4 6 7 69 7 2 ae 7 8 8 1 8 3 8 6 The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass at DC power supply input Hole Coefficient n Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 CO CO N DD Oo AIIN For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu lt gt EAS6 Side Mounted Type Left side mounted X Table For AC Input 18 5 For DC Input e 5557 10R 210 Molex 43025 0200 Molex 2 co 17
81. is also able to control the motor via various serial ports such as USB RS 232C and CANopen 9 100 Sequence Programs can be Stored Easy Operation Intelligent Setting SX a Product Line Product Name Driver Product Name SCX11 ARD A ARD C ARD S ARD K Network Converters The network converter converts host communication protocol to Oriental Motor s original RS 485 communication protocol You can use a network converter to control Oriental Motor s RS 485 compatible products within the host communication environment Product Line Network Type Product Name Compatible with EtherCAT NETCOT ECT NETCO1 ECT NETCO1 CC NETCO1 M2 NETCO1 M3 CC Link Compatible NETCO1 CC MECHATROLINK II Compatible NETCO1 M2 MECHATROLINK TII Compatible NETCO1 M3 102 suoneoyioodg Selection Calculation To select a motorized actuator follow the flowchart below seues Sy3 sepiIS Je8ur pezuojo N 1 Determine the Motorized Actuator Type Select the motorized actuator type that you will use solas DWF SJoput 5 peziuo10lN Motorized Linear Slide Motorized Cylinders 9 Check the Motorized Actuator Size and Transport Mass EAS Series EAC Series 2 Oo select the motorized actuator size that satisfies your desired 5 conditions 2 Frame Size Table Height Example Check of the operating speed and Load Mass acceleration in order to execute the positioning time 8 Stroke and thi
82. km 5000 km x 3 IAM AM AMR MP My MR The guide has an expected life of 5000 km The expected life for products that include ball screws and bearings is 3000 km in case of 6 mm lead and 5000 km in case of 12 mm lead JOALIGQ UOWWOD seules 5y13 solas SYA suoneoyioodg sJepuri o sepils peziuo10lN Jeaur pezuo1olN seuosseooy 0 m 0 D e u01 99 S 9u 1 J Y Jeoiuuoo 105 106 Operating Data under Typical Conditions EAS4 Standard Type Side Mounted Type AC power supply input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning time C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 3 0 Load Mass 0kg GDG 7kg 1 2 m Load Mass 2 1 0 0kg ett _ bB 75kg I 0 8 15 kg 5 SS DAS 206 ae aa 8 04 E fam 0 2 2 0 0 100 200 300 4 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 90 o c ce Operating Speed kHz 20 900 Load Mass kg cuc TESI 15kg 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration Positioning Time s 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed
83. life refers to the life time until flaking occurs As reference for determining the product life the operating conditions at maximum specifications maximum trasportable mass maximum speed load moment etc are used to calculate the expected life Estimated Service Life Traveling Distance of Each Series Motorized Linear Slides Motorized Cylinders 12 mm Lead 6 mm Lead EAS Series 5000 km 3000 km EAC Series 5000 km 3000 km Long Term Maintenance Free EAS Series and EAC Series adopt long term maintenance free parts for the ball screws and guide rails only for motorized linear slides The ball screw is equipped with lubrication system QZ the guide rail uses a system with ball retainers so that the greasing cycle can be substantially extended For Oriental Motor s motorized linear slides and motorized cylinders the ball screws and the guide rails are verified to have no problems even without maintenance until the expected life is reached However the state of grease deterioration varies depending on the operating conditions and the use environment For the actual use refer to the table below for grease maintenace suoneoyioedg Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series Item Grease Used Check list Action Attachment of dust or any other foreign object If there are any foreign objects remove them solas Sy SepiIS Je8ur pezuojo N AFF Ball Screw Manufactured by THK Has the grease lost its luster Has the amount o
84. reference diagrams The shield plate must be installed in a way that will not interfere with the sensors The shield plate dimensions for the Y table type are shown below Confirm that the shield plates do not interfere with the sensors If the included shield plates cannot be used prepare separate shield plates C Shield Plate Installation Hole Position Dimensions Unit mm EASA EAS6 ET 60 02 FONE E 4x4 5 4 Positioning pin hole 2xM2 5 Depth from Backside 5 mm or more 4 Positioning pin hole 2 gt M2 5 Depth from Backside 5 mm or more 34 4 0 1 39 5 C Shield Plate Dimensions Unit mm EASA EAS6 40 7 0 2 522 02 Connection Sensor Output NPN Type GSensor Output PNP Type Brown r Pn G eee d T 5 24 VDC Black Out T Omanie gana Up 100 mA or less 2 m or less 2 m or less Do no disconnect the connectors for cable equipped sensors in an energized state This may damage the sensors When disconnecting the connectors do not pull the cables If sensor wiring exceeds 2 m insert an electrolytic capacitor 10 pF 50 V within 2 m from the sensor Installation Plate Dedicated installation plates are available for the EAC Series
85. supply is input ALARM Alarm indication When a protective function is activated blinking C Alarm Contents Blink Count Function Operating Condition Overheat Protection When the temperature inside the driver exceeds 85 C When the accumulated value for the time that the load torque exceeds the maximum torque exceeds the overload Overload oe an 2 detection time Initial Value 5 sec Overspeed When the motor output shaft speed exceeds 4500 r min Command Pulse Error When an error has occurred for the command pulse value 3 Overvoltage Protection When the primary voltage of the driver s inverter exceeds the upper limit value Undervoltage When the primary voltage of the driver s inverter has fallen below the lower limit OYE during When the positioning deviation has exceeded the overflow rotation amount Initial value 3 rotations P All Windings On Overflow during When all winding on was performed even though the positioning deviation during all windings off was above the All Windings Off permissible value Default Value 100 rotations or more 7 Operating Data Error When a return to electrical home operation was performed when an operating data error warning occurred Electronic Gear Setting Error When the resolution set by the electronic gear is outside the range of the specifications Sensor Error during Operation When an abnormality has occurred in a sensor while the motorized actuator is rota
86. the positioning operation with the operating data number set according to the SUITE Methods Direct Method Direct positioning parameters when MSO MS5 is input Starts the positioning operation Sequential Method Sequential Starts the positioning operation in sequence from operating data No 0 each time SSTART is positioning input Continuous Number of Speed Points 64 points No 0 63 Operation Speed Change Method Change the operating data number Other Execute regular feed by inputting JOG or JOG Operations Automatic Return If the moving part is moved by an external force while in a non excitation state it automatically returns to the position where it Operation originally stopped Absolute Backup You can build an absolute system by using a battery accessory Positioning Operation Independent Operation Push Motion Operation Linked Operation 2 Dwell Speed Speed Linked Operation Start Methods Operating Data Selection Method Direct Positioning Operating Data Operating Data No 0 No 1 Operating Data No 0 Starting Time Command Starting Command Operating Data No 1 Starting Sequential Positioning Command Return To Home Operation 2 Sensor Mode EIS Side Side Direction LS Motor Operation Direction VR VS MO M5 Input t NS FWD Input VR RVS Input Continuous Operation Time 3 Sensor Mode LS HOMES Side Side Pu
87. time Maximum Transportable 8 The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Mass in Horizontal Refer to page 120 for operating speed and acceleration co did dii Direction 12 mm Lead C Positioning Dist D El l ositioning Distance Horizonta C Horizontal Direction Installation CO Vertical Direction Installation 9 y S T T Transportable Mass 5 Load Mass Load Mass S 1 01 Okg kg Overhung distance _ 7 5kg _ 3kg 2 Omm Zog 15kg 2 20 R ol unl 2 E E 100 mm lan E 206 3 S S 5 D 804 810 2 a g 0 2 2 100 200 300 ih Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied 2 0 3 0 i ve graph for DEUM ETE with load and can transport the load Refer to the above graph fo Ek Ok the horizontally transportable mass g 9 z __ 1 5 desee a oa DA Load Center 30 kg 20 11 5 kg TA of Gravity E E 21 0 lt Eu E T E 5 ie E 3 I7 8 7 Overhung o5 aoe E Home Position distance A Positioning Distance is The positioning distance is the distance from the home 700 200 300 positi
88. time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Transportable Mass Dimensions GbDuring Horizontal Installation During Vertical Installation amp Motorized Linear Slides Acceleration of 3 m s Acceleration of 2 m s gt Pages 30 32 E Lead 12 mmu Lead 6 mm Load Mass kg Load Mass kg 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s Operating Speed mm s EAS4 Width 58 4 mm x Height 60 mm Side Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 12 5 kg stroke 50 to 700 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Linear Slide Specifications Drive System Ball Screw Resolution P R 100 10000 Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Traveling Parallelism mm 0 03 Dynamic Permissible Moment N m D Me 16 3 My 4 8 Mr 15 0 Static Permissible Moment N m Me 58 3 My 16 0 Mr 53 3 oem Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm s by Stroke mm Horizontal Vertical N N 50 550mm 600mm 650 mm 700 mm EASAL I DI I 1L ARAKL C 460 400 EASAL I DI lo ARMKI EASA EL ILL ARAKI C 220 200 EASAL I EL IL L ARMKI C A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke in the motor installation direction is enter
89. where the box lt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 gt For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office Positioning Distance Positioning time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Refer to page 113 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 1 2 Load Mass 1 0 Okg 7 5kg Oo co Positioning Time s ce o 2 P 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 2 0 Load Mass kg Positioning Time s o 0 5 0 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 3 0 Load Mass kg 3 5kg 2 9 o aoe Kg D E I c S 1 0 A 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 4 0 Load Mass kg 7kg 14kg eo ce Positioning Time s N ce 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a Settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or les
90. 0 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 20 I 056 18 Load Mass E063 36 0k E _ NJ 15kg gor gw 5083 12 5 S L Q E 1 0 g FI E125 3 8 8167 ep 5 ur 4 D S 5 0 2 3 0 i 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm EAC6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 14 Load Mass 12 0 kg 1 0 RR 30 kg zz CL 60 kg A o 22 E 0 8 LE FF S 0 6 d E a a 04 ze zz 0 2 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 Load Mass 60F 600 Sn cu 2 30kg S50 500 E E 60 kg 40 400 a E30r S 300 BS amp 20 amp 200 10r 100 0 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration Q 5r 20 0 56 18 Load Mass 2063 16 m 20 717 14 0 83 1 0r ms kHz t lon ra i ck No Ce T Acceleration m s 1 67F Acceleration decelerati c nm on T ce r Positioning Distance mm ln the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0
91. 00 10 100 oL 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration Load Mass Wa 3 5kg 4 ec kian 0 83 Acceleration m s 300 Positioning Distance mm EAC4 Side Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 1 8 Load Mass kg 1 6 _ 6 5kg 14 30kg 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 Load Mass kg 500 15kg 60r 600 c ce T A ce 400 c e T n2 ce Operating Speed kHz Operating Speed mm s 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Acceleration 0 457 22 eT gost 20 o eel 18 D 0 63 i18 Load Mass POLL g14 Okg Eosl go ae 5 ior amp 10 Tl 9 7 e D 125F 8p B167 lt 6 5 25p 4 S eof 8 50t 2 lt Te WE 0 E A i 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is
92. 00 200 300 position Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion from the load installation surface The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 69 Thrust N 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s suoneaiioadg saos Svr sapijs Jeaur pezuojoj A N e gt D e uoie no e uon2a ag S91J0SS922y 19A UOWWO EXETRITTEREUEFAPDO DIT 92U949J9H e21UU29 of 58 EACAW Frame Size 42 mm x 114 mm 24 VDC Input standard Type with Shaft Guide With cover Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 13 kg E otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Lead mm 12 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Me 1 3 My 1 3 M4 0 6 Static Permissible Moment N m Mp 3 7 My 3 7 Mp 3 0 Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s Product Name EAC4W D_1_ ARAK EACAW D ARMKL O E EACAW E J ARAKL C El EACAW E ARMKI C FE3 A number indicating the s
93. 00 700 Positioning Distance mm C Max Speed by Stroke Stroke mm Maximum Speed mm s 950 500 400 550 320 600 210 650 220 700 200 lEAS4 Standard Type Side Mounted Type 24 VDC input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 5 0 i 1 8 Load Mass Load Mass Be 4 0 xx SMT 15 5 E12 30 21 0 zA gt E 0 8 SEA E 2 0 206 E E 04 v 1 0 0 2445 00 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 70 60 60 ES Ti _ Load Mass 50 E 50 E 0 kg z Eg 3 5kg N A e 230 230t S f Z 09 5 Load Mass 0 5 o amp kg e o 75kg 10 S UH 10 0 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Operating Speed Positioning Distance mm 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positi
94. 040 ARA D O EAS4R L _J LJ040 ARM_D lt 040 ARA OC L L 040 ARME C o 450 EASAR L i L 045 ARAL ID EAS4R L _ L1045 ARML_D lt _ L1045 ARML1 lt 500 EASAR LOD TI050 ARADMD gt LO L1050 ARMEO 3 550 EASAR L i 1055 ARA ID C _ LJ055 ARMLD lt L L 055 ARML OC 600 EASAR L 1060 ARA ID C _ LJ060 ARML_ D lt _ LJ060 ARML lt 650 EASA4R LL LI0O65 ARAL D gt L1065 ARMI ID C I L1065 ARML OC 700 EASAR L L070 ARACID O O 070 ARME O g lt EAS6 Standard Type E Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type jun Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAS6 005 ARALID C EAS6 L005 ARMLID O EAS6 005 ARML O 100 EASGI 010 ARA ID C EAS 010 ARM D C EAS 010 ARAL C EASG 010 ARML C 150 EASG 015 ARA ID C EAS 015 ARMI ID C EAS 015 ARAL CC EASG 015 ARM C 200 EASGI 020 ARA ID C EAS 1020 ARM ID C EAS 020 ARAL EASG 020 ARML IC 250 EASG 025 ARA D O EAS 1025 ARM D C L1025 ARAL C EAS 1025 ARML C 300 EASG I 030 ARA ID C EASG 030 ARMI D C _1030 ARAL lt EASG 030 ARMI I C 350 EASG 035 ARA D C EASG 035 ARMI ID C L1035 ARAL C EASG 035 ARMI C 400 EASG 040 ARAL D C EAS 040 ARML ID C L1040 ARAL lt EAS 1040 ARML 450 EASG 045 ARAL ID C EAS 045 ARMI D C 045 ARA FC EASG 0
95. 14 ms Time scale 200 ms gt This contributes to a reduction in equipment tact time Continued to next page Low speed stability Closed loop stepper motor microstep drive method and smooth drive function The resolution is improved without mechanical factors such as the reduction gear mechanism This results in minimal variation in speed and the speed is continuously kept constant Smooth drive function is a control method using the microstep drive to automatically keep the distance travelled and the travel speed the same as with the full step without changing the pulse input setting Product used Product Name EAS4 Lead 12 mm Power Supply Input 200 VAC Operation example Mass 0 5 kg Operating Current 100 Resolution 0 01 mm step Operating Speed 1 25 mm s Ne operation Time s Minimal speed fluctuation can be attained even at low speed and vibration can be reduced Amazing Design Compact Highly Accurate and Highly Rigid Linear Slides A motorized linear slide that uses ball screws and adopts a THK made LM guide The highly accurate LM Guide is installed directly to the enclosure base of your equipment making it ideal for applications that require Table Ball Screw Ball Screw Nut Side Cover Guide Block Guide Rail parallelism Traveling parallelism of 0 03 mm Besides being compact it is highly rigid and h
96. 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 Single Shaft 3 9 4 2 4 5 4 8 5 1 5 9 6 2 6 5 6 7 7 0 7 3 8 1 8 4 Mass kg Electromagnetic 42 45 48 51 54 84 87 Brake Type 4 1 4 4 47 60 5 3 5 5 6 8 61 64 67 69 7 2 7 5 7 8 8 1 8 3 8 6 The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass at DC power supply input Hole Coefficient n Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 j CO OONO OT AIIN For GAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu OCEAS6 Side Mounted Type Left side mounted Y Table For AC Input 18 5 For DC Input 5557 10R 210 Molex 3 400 Protective Earth Terminal M4 28 5 4 43025 0200 Molex 43025 1000 Molex suoneaiioadg IUIS gaun pazMOjonN m gt N Nn 2 N ABON Deep ma R 9 Bs E D a a ai e LU i i m fal 22 h3 4 H7 0 x4 Deep 60 4xM5 x10 Deep m 3 Stroke 182 13 a Mechanical Limit Position 6 Home 4 Mechanical Limit Position 2 Stroke 3 Positionining Allowable Range gt O O CD D e Stroke 176 d 90
97. 2 Cc Input Signal Connector CN8 Electromagnetic Brake Terminals CN1 Power Input Terminal CN1 N Frame Ground Terminal CN1 Sensor Signal Connector CN5 Oriental motor 1 Signal Monitor Display lt gt LED Indicators Indication Color Function Lighting Condition POWER Green Power supply indication When power is applied ALARM Red Alarm indication When a protective function is activated blinking C DAT Green Communication indication When communication data is being sent or received C ERR Red Communication error indication When communication data is in error Unit Setting Switch SW1 Indication SWI Function Set this when you use RS 485 communication Set the unit number factory default setting 0 Baud Rate Setting Switch SW2 Indication SW2 Function Set this when you use RS 485 communication Set the baud rate factory default setting 7 C RS 485 Baud Rate Setting Baud Rate bps 9600 19200 38400 5 600 115200 Not used 625000 connection with a network converter Not used 4 Function Switch SW3 Indication NO Function Set the unit number factory default setting OFF in combination with Unit Setting Switch SW1 2 Set the RS 485 communication protocol factory default setting OFF SW3 3 Not used 3 Set the RS 485 communication termination resistance 120 Q factory def
98. 3 8 amp 230 e E30 S BS UE amp 20 E amp 20 E 10 10 j 06 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5r 0 5 20 i 0 56 i 0 56 18 0 63 0 63 16 8071 F Load Mass gon i4 Load Mass 0kg 0kg 5 0 83f 30kg 0 83 14kg 10 2 1 0 10 3 1 25 t E125 8 S167 8167 lt 6er NC 5 25r 5 25 4 D D m 8 5 0L 8 5 0 2 0L 0 06 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm Din the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm EACE6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type With Shaft Guide With cover 24 VDC Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 9 T 3 0 T m Load Mass Load Mass kg m ehe _ 15kg Esuk 24 0 Zoot 13 kg D D E E 2 2 5 5 ec 3 0 5 3 1 0 oF 0e 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 70 700 Load Mass 60
99. 3 Load Mass iS Load Mass S 9 0k s LED 20E TL 30 Kg LA Ae eae E 60 kg 30kg E15 A 10 g 0 5 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed C Max Speed by Stroke Or 700 rd Tor 700 1 Stroke mm Maximum Speed mm s 60r 600 UR eof 600 eae 50 550 400 Wool 30kg y C 15kg 50 500 EE 50 gs wW 600 350 E40 g 400 8 40 g 400 650 300 2 20 3300 2 30 3 300 700 260 3 20 5 200 220 3 200 750 230 10 100 10 100 800 200 0 0 0 0 850 180 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 05r 20 0 56 Load Mass 056 18 Load Mass 2 0 63 Ru Boe 16 mir gon g gont gu E 50 83 amp 50 83 12 B10 8 E 10 8 10 8125 2125 3 8 S 167 8 E1978 6 E 25 Bost 4 8 50r 8 50 2p ES 06 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Us 06 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0 01 mm 109 110 lEAS6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type 24 VDC input Lead 12 mm C Horizont
100. 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 NIOD Bc PR For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu lt gt EAS4 Side Mounted Type Left side mounted X Table 18 5 a e 5557 10R 210 Molex Motor Cable 68 gx l 5557 02R 210 Molex gt 43025 0200 Molex Connector Cover 43025 1000 Molex Electromagnetic Brake Cable b6 IUIS gaun pazMOjonN m gt N Nn 2 7 0 012 40 KA Deep d mn hi o NE For DC Input ma AS a x LC Or 3 ep NG i p N CD e e 4 H7 7 x4 Deep Mechanical Limit Position Stroke 143 3 Mechanical Limit Position o 3 Home 4 Stroke 3 Positionining Allowable Range 3 FA OHA gt T eo 114 8 4xM2 5x5 Deep Same on opposite side 2 S Stroke 135 4 ep 12 2 50 nx100 45 a 04x5 Deep co D CD 2 o e gt n 3 xM5x6 Deep l For Electromagnetic Brake Detail of A Ey C r C o amp 68 3 91 604 g gt k1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in three directions amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the table moves to the position limit of the mechani
101. 360 500 360 300 A e e gt D e sJ9puljA3 EYAPDO DIT Co o A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name E A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product gt For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positioning Distance Positioning time s c The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance 2 Refer to page 115 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation CO Vertical Direction Installation cp 16 2 0 z 4 4 _ Load Mass Load Mass e 0 kg kg a _1 2 15 kg BER 7777 5 kg Ca 30k 2 E 1 0 g E E 0 8 210 amp 06 m e 0 4 0 5 3 02 se E 3 Ld TL d F Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 2 D 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation ONVertical Direction Installation 1 4 2 0 Load Mass Load Mass kg kg 30 kg Ba OK 30kg Positioning Time s Positioning Time s o 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm
102. 45 ARMI C 500 EASG 050 ARAL D C EASG 050 ARML ID C 050 ARAL I EASG 050 ARML C 550 EASG 055 ARA ID C EASG 055 ARMI D C 055 ARAL gt EASG 055 ARM C 600 EASGI 060 ARAL ID C EASGI 060 ARM ID C J060 ARAL gt EASG 060 ARM C 650 EASG 065 ARA ID C EASG 065 ARMI ID C _I065 ARAL lt EASG 065 ARML1 lt 700 EASGI 070 ARA ID C EAS6_ _ 070 ARM_D lt L1070 ARAL EAS6__ 070 ARML lt 750 EASGI 075 ARA ID C EAS 075 ARMI ID C 1075 ARAL gt EASG 075 ARML I C 800 EASG 080 ARA ID C EASG 080 ARML ID C _1080 ARAL C EASG 080 ARML I C 850 EASG 085 ARA D C EASG 085 ARMLD lt EASG 085 ARA C EASG 085 ARM C A symbol indicating the table and lead is specified in the box L in the product name Either A single phase 100 115 120 VAC C single phase 200 230 240 VAC or S three phase 200 230 VAC pulse input packages only indicating power supply input is entered where the box is located within the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt gt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product 19 lt EAS6 Side Mounted Type Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type Stroke
103. 5 ARAL C EACA 105 ARML C m 100 EACA 10 ARADD gt EACA 10 ARMI DD 4 EACA 10 ARA C EACA 10 ARMI C A 150 EAC4 _115 ARADOD EACA 115 ARML ID EACA 15 ARAL C EACA 15 ARMLI C gt E 200 EACA 20 ARAL ID EACA 20 ARML ID C EAC4 20 ARAL I CC EACA 20 ARML I C 250 EACA 25 ARAL ID O EAC4A 125 ARM ID C EACA 25 ARAL 1 5 EACA 25 ARML 1 CC us 300 EACA 30 ARAL ID C EACA I30 ARML ID C EACA 30 ARAL T CC EACA 30 ARMI C gS OEACA Standard Type with Shaft Guide x Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pd Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type 4 E Product Name Product Name Product Name k 50 EACAW 105 ARA DD C EACAW 105 ARMLI ID C EACAW 105 ARAL I C EACAW 105 ARMI C 100 EACAW 10 ARAL ID C EACAW 110 ARML ID 5 EACAW 10 ARA C EACAW 110 ARML C5 S 150 EACAW 115 ARA D 4 EACAW 115 ARML ID C EACAW 15 ARAL C EACAW 115 ARMI C z 200 EAC4W _120 ARALD EACAW 120 ARML ID C EACAW 20 ARA C EACAW 20 ARMI C 250 EAC4W _125 ARADD EAC4W _125 ARMOD EAC4W _125 ARAO0 EACAW 125 ARMI C 300 EACAW I30 ARAL D 4 EACAW I30 ARML ID 4 EACAW I30 ARAL IO EACAW I30 ARML C EAC4 Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover gt Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type piis Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type El
104. 6 Connector Cover prr 5557 02R 210 Molex 43025 1000 Molex S Jp Connector Cover Electromagnetic Brake Cable 66 lt p oD 400 IUIS gaun pazMOjonN m gt N Nn 2 N 0 012 40 x4 Deep mE A 22 D e 0 012 4 H7 0 x4 Deep 60 4xM5 x10 Deep S 3 Stroke 182 1 3 2 Mechanical Limit Position 6 Mechanical Limit Position 2 28 7 2T Tes Stroke 3 Positionining Allowable Range 6 amp gt s sv ee D ep 2 8 154 4x M2 5x5 Deep Same for opposite side Stroke 176 CE 12 3 50 nx100 D 115 100 T ES 21 1000 02 2x 6 004x5 Deep D O m e E 2 a Ey C 5 n 3 xM6x9 Deep Detail of A z For Electromagnetic Brake a c 9p CD 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in three directions 2 During the pushing return to home operation the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism 3 For DC power supply input the total length decreases by 0 5 mm 4 When using an accessory sensor the home position differs The above figure is an outline drawing of the motor installation direction for the type left side mounted For the type right side mounted
105. 60 mm Standard Type 24 VDC Input Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 14 kg 3 stroke 50 to 700 mm 50 mm increments ZB Motorized Linear Slide Specifications Drive System Ball Screw Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment N m Me 16 3 Mv 4 8 M 15 0 Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Traveling Parallelism mm 0 03 Static Permissible Moment Nim Me S8 3 Mv 16 0 Ma 53 3 sistere Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm s by Stroke mm Horizontal Vertical N N N 50 550 mm 600mm 650 mm 700 mm EAS40 DO00 ARAKO S Bana AN h maan indc MM ELE gk 7 4 4 EAS4 1 DLLIL ARMKLFS le i 7 70 100 0 600 550 60 00 EAS40 EOOO ARAKO E EASAL EFT T ARMKEFO 6 30 zu 140 200 140 300 270 220 200 A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box D in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office Positioning Distance
106. 65 ARML lt 700 EAS6R L _ 1070 ARALID lt gt EAS6R L LI LI070 ARMLID EAS6R L LI L1070 ARAL EAS R DET L 070 ARMET O 750 EAS6R L _ _1075 ARALID EAS R DL L075 ARMEID EAS6R LLI LI075 ARAL S EAS6R L LI L1075 ARML O 800 EAS6R L _ _1080 ARALID lt EASGR DLI L 080 ARMLID O EAS R DL 080 ARALFO EAS R DLT L 080 ARME O 850 EAS6R L _ L1085 ARAL lt EAS6R L L 085 ARML lt A symbol indicating the table and lead is specified in the box L in the product name Either A single phase 100 115 120 VAC single phase 200 230 240 VAC or S three phase 200 230 VAC pulse input packages only indicating power supply input is entered where the box is located within the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product DC Power Supply Input lt EAS4 Standard Type Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type oun Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name 50 EASA I 005 ARAKD C EASA I 005 ARMKD C EASA 1005 ARAK C EASAI i 005 ARMK C 100 EASA l 010 ARAKD C EASA I 010 ARMKD C EASA 010 ARAK C EASA
107. 66 Reduction Power Consumption KWh Year 4A S Conventional stepping motor AR66AC lt gt Reduced Generation of Heat Continuous Operation Possible The ARL Series utilizes high efficiency technology to achieve a significant reduction in the amount of heat generated from the motor enabling continuous operation Temperature Distribution by Thermography Motor Surface Temperature during Same Operation Conditions ms Lali Ha T8 EI Et or Temperature C AR66AC lt Conventional Stepper Motor ma 1n Conventional stepper motor AR66AC lt gt Comparison under the same conditions 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 Time min Alarm Signal Output in Case of Abnormality If an overload is applied continuously an alarm signal is output When the positioning is complete an END signal is output This ensures the same level of reliability achieved by a servo motor Tuning Free Q amp stTer AR series motor and driver package operates synchronously with the open loop control as far as abnormality such as overload does not occur The open loop control does not require gain adjustment Therefore if the load fluctuates the movement setting is achieved without adjusting The distance between the motor and the driver can be extended up to 30 m This series uses a dedicated cable or accessory cable sold separately th
108. 6W L120 ARAK lt G EAC6W 20 ARMK C G 250 125 ARAKD C G EAC6W 125 ARMKD O G EAC6W 125 ARAK C G EAC6W 125 ARMK C G 300 130 ARAKD G EAC6W 30 ARMKD C G EAC6W 30 ARAK C G EAC6W I30 ARMK C G lt EAC6 Side Mounted Type Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type in Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name 50 EACG6R 05 ARAKD 4 EAC6R _105 ARMKD lt EAC6R 105 ARAK lt gt EAC6R 105 ARMK lt gt 150 EAC6R _115 ARAKD lt EACOR 115 ARMKD 4 EACOR 115 ARAK 4 EACOR 115 ARMK C 200 EAC6R 20 ARAKD 4 EAC6R 20 ARMKD 4 EAC6R 20 ARAK 4 EAC6R 120 ARMK C 250 EAC6R 25 ARAKD 4 EAC6R 25 ARMKD 4 EAC6R 125 ARAK lt gt EAC6R 125 ARMK lt gt 300 EAC6R 30 ARAKD 4 EAC6R 30 ARMKD 4 EAC6R _130 ARAK lt gt EAC6R 130 ARMK C lt EAC6 Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide NETTEN nah Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6RW L105 ARAK EAC RW L05 ARMK O 100 EAC6RW 10 ARAKD 4 EAC6RW 10 ARMKD EAC6RW 10 ARAK 4 EAC6RW 110 ARMK 4 150 EAC6RW 115 ARAKD 4 EAC6RW 115 ARMKD 4 EAC6RW 115 ARAK C EAC6RW 115 ARMK 200 EAC6RW 20 ARAKD 4 EAC6RW 20 ARMKD 4 EAC6RW 120 ARAK C EAC6RW 20 ARMK 4 250 EAC6RW 25 ARAKD 4 EAC6RW 25 ARMKD 4 EAC6RW 125 ARAK 4 EAC6RW 125 ARMK 4 300 EAC6RW I30 ARAKD C EAC6RW I30 ARMKD EAC6RW 30 ARAK 4 EAC6RW I30 ARMK
109. AC4 D_ LI ARMLID EACMADL IL IARMEd Ecuibn d EACA DI I ARML C EACMADL IL IARMEI 7 EAC 6 E ARM D EACM EL IL IARMEd EAC6 E ARML C EACM6 EL IL IARMEI gt zi EAC6 DI ARMI D 4 EACM DL T IARMES EAC6 DI ARM C EACM6DL IL IJARMEJ ne lt gt Side Mounted Type lt gt Side Mounted Type sz Electromagnetic ProductName Motorized Cylinder Driver Product Electromagnetic Produc Nane Motorized Cylinder Driver Product Brake Product Name Name Brake Product Name Name EACAR E ARALID gt EACMAREL IL ARAH EACAR E ARA C EACMARE DARAH e Not EACAR DI ARA D EACMARDL IL ARAH Not EACAR D ARA EACMARDI I ARAH equipped EACGR E ARALID O EACM6REDARAH equipped EACGR E I I ARAL C EACM REL IL ARAH S EAC6R DI ARA D C EACM RDI IL JARAESd ARD EID EAC6R D ARAL EACM RDL IL JARAE ARD O EACA4R EL ARMI ID EACMAREL IL IARMES EACAR E ARM EACMAREL IL IARMEJ B Equipped EAC4R DL ARMLD EACM4RDUARMEI Ecu ipned EAC4R DL_IL ARML EACM4RDL_ILIARME EAC6R E__ L ARMLID EACM REL IL JARMEd EACGR E ARML EACM REL IL IARMES EAC6R DI I ARML ID C EACM RDI IL IARMES EAC6R D ARML EACM RDL TL JARMEI O Standard Type with Shaft Guide CO Standard Type with Shaft Guide 2 Electromagnetic ProductName Motorized Cylinder Driver Product Electromagnetic ProductName Motorized Cylinder Driver Product Brake Product Name Name Brake Product Name Name EACAW EL ARA D EAC
110. ACARW 10 ARAK C G EACARW 10 ARMK C G 150 EACARW 115 ARAKD C G EACARW 115 ARMKD C G EACARW 115 ARAK C G EAC4RW 115 ARMK G 200 EACARW 20 ARAKD C G EACARW 20 ARMKD C G EACARW 20 ARAK C G EACARW 20 ARMK C G 250 EACARW 25 ARAKD C G EACARW 125 ARMKD C G EACARW 125 ARAK C G EACARW 125 ARMK C G 300 EACARW I30 ARAKD C G EACARW I30 ARMKD C G EACARW 30 ARAK C G EACARW I30 ARMK C G A symbol indicating the lead is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product 43 44 CEAC Standard Type Stroke Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type mm Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6 105 ARAKD 4 EAC6 105 ARMKD 4 EAC6 105 ARAK lt EAC6 105 ARMK lt 100 EAC6 10 ARAKD 4 EAC6 110 ARMKD 4 EAC6 10 ARAK 4 EAC6 10 ARMK C 150 EAC 6 115 ARAKD C EAC6 15 ARMKD 4 EAC6 15 ARAK lt EAC6 115 ARMK C 200 EAC6 120 ARAKD lt EAC6 120 ARMKD EAC6 120
111. AL D lt EAS4 _ 045 ARMLD lt LI L 045 ARAL OC EASA I 045 ARML lt O 500 EASA4L L1050 ARALID O EASA4 1050 ARMCID O EAS4 _ _1050 ARAL EAS4 _1 _1050 ARML 52 550 EASAI 055 ARAL ID C EASAI i 055 ARMI D C EASAI 055 ARA C EASAL 055 ARMI C e 600 EASAI 060 ARA D C EASAI 060 ARM ID C EASA 060 ARA lt EASAI 060 ARML_ lt 650 EASAI i 065 ARA ID C EASAI L 065 ARML ID C LI L1065 ARAL OC EASAI 065 ARMI C e 700 EASAI i 070 ARAL D C EASA I 070 ARM DD C L L 070 ARAL O EASA 070 ARM C 3 jus lt EAS4 Side Mounted Type Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type mm Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name S 50 EASAR L L 005 ARA D O EASAR L I 005 ARML ID C EASAR L i 005 ARA C EASAR L 005 ARM C 2 100 EASAR L i 010 ARAL ID C EASAR L 010 ARMI ID C EASAR L 1010 ARA C _ LJ010 ARML lt E 150 EASAR L i 015 ARA ID C EASAR L I 1 015 ARMI ID C L LJ015 ARML lt B 200 EASAR L 1020 ARA ID O EASAR D 020 ARMI D C L1020 ARAL O L L1020 ARML C 250 EASAR L 025 ARA D EASAR LI 025 ARMI ID C 025 ARA O L 025 ARML O 300 EASAR L 1030 ARA D EASAR L 030 ARMI D C 030 ARAL gt L I LJO3O ARML gt 350 EASAR L 035 ARA D O EAS4R D L1035 ARMLID 035 ARA C _ LJ035 ARML lt 400 EASAR L 1
112. AN ika E ca device and when adjusting The motor can be driven by operating the data setting software During teaching test run etc Alarm Monitor E When a failure occurs the enam M iia pu pnm mm measures for the failure can AE INE S be checked PEPEE eT mi trm n Compatible with multi monitoring it can be operated by remote control while being monitored and perform teaching 2 Driver Types Selectable Depending on System Configuration You can select from 2 driver types for the EAS and EAC Series depending on your host system Built In Controller Type CFLEX GO When Controlling GO When Controlling through I O from Computer or Serial Communication Industrial Network positioning Touchscreen CPU EU Power Unit Not Power Serial Supply Industrial Network Supply Vo Required Supply Communication Unit Unit QM ang lt a Se CC Link JI MECHATROLINK EtherCAT Network Converter I O Signal Modbus RTU Modbus RTU RS 485 Set the operating data in the driver so that it can be selected and executed from the host system Host system connection and control is performed through CD 1 0 2 Modbus RTU RS 485 or 3 Industrial network je P CC Linkisa registered trademark of CC Link Partner Association Ji MECHATROLINK js a registered trademark of MECHATROLINK Members Association EtherCAT 7 is a registered trademark under licence from Be
113. ARAK lt gt EAC6 120 ARMK lt gt 250 EAC6 125 ARAKD lt EAC6 125 ARMKD 4 EAC6 125 ARAK lt EAC6 125 ARMK C 300 EAC6 I30 ARAKD 4 EAC6 30 ARMKD EAC6 30 ARAK 4 EAC6 I30 ARMK 4 EAC6 Standard Type with Shaft Guide Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type piu Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6W 105 ARAKD 4 EAC6W 05 ARMKD 4 EAC6W 05 ARAK 4 EAC6W 105 ARMK 100 EAC6W 10 ARAKD 4 EAC6W 10 ARMKD C EAC6W 10 ARAK C EAC6W 10 ARMK C 150 EAC6W 115 ARAKD 4 EAC6W 115 ARMKD 4 EAC6W 15 ARAK 4 EAC6W 15 ARMK 45 200 EAC6W 120 ARAKD 4 EAC6W 120 ARMKD 4 EAC6W 20 ARAK EAC6W 20 ARMK 4 250 EAC6W 125 ARAKD 4 EAC6W 125 ARMKD 4 EAC6W 25 ARAK gt EAC6W 125 ARMK 4 300 EAC6W 30 ARAKD 4 EAC6W 30 ARMKD 4 EAC6W _130 ARAK lt gt EAC6W _130 ARMK lt gt EAC6 Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pou Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6W 05 ARAKD C G EAC6W 05 ARMKD C G EAC6W 105 ARAK C G EAC6W 105 ARMK C G 100 EAC6W 10 ARAKD C G EAC6W 110 ARMKD C G EAC6W 110 ARAK C G EAC6W I10 ARMK C G 150 EAC6W 115 ARAKD C G EAC6W 115 ARMKD C G EAC6W 115 ARAK C G EAC6W 115 ARMK C G 200 120 ARAKD lt G EAC6W 20 ARMKD lt G EAC
114. ASM LYDUT T JARMES A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name and in the motorized linear slide product name D Either A single phase 100 115 120 VAC single phase 200 230 240 VAC S three phase 200 230 VAC pulse input only or K 24 48 VDC indicating power supply input is entered where the box L is located within the product name and in the driver product name DA number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product Either C AC power supply input or K DC power supply input indicating the power supply input is entered where the box Ed is located within the motorized linear slide product name Driver Product Name ARD Driver Product Name ARD su01 e91 193dS m gt 7 57 17 gt 1 J N S9lJ0SS922y JONG UOWWOD Sauas DWI sJaputj p9zi1010 N uone no e uon2ojag 92U949J9H 21UU29 FEET PSZ110 0 Aj 39 40 QsTrer AR Series Equipped Motorized Cylinders EAC Series Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Standard Type Product Number Code EACARW E15 ARMK 000 9 1 6 b O elg QO D Series Name EAC EAC Series Q Motorized Cylinder Model 4 Frame Size 42 mmx42 mm For models with shaft guide 42 mmx114 mm 6 Frame Size 60 mmx60 mm For models with sh
115. C G EAC6W 20 ARA C G EAC6W 20 ARM C G 250 EAC6W 25 ARAL ID C G EAC6W L125 ARM_D G EAC6W 25 ARAL G EAC6W 25 ARMI C G 300 EAC6W 30 ARAL ID C G EAC6W 30 ARM D C G EAC6W 30 ARA G EAC6W 30 ARML C G lt EAC6 Side Mounted Type Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type in Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6R _105 ARALD lt EAC6R _ 05 ARM_D lt EAC6R _105 ARAL lt EAC6R 05 ARMI I C 150 EACOR 15 ARAL ID 4 EACOR 115 ARML ID C EACOR 15 ARAL O EACO6R 15 ARML C 200 EAC6R 20 ARA ID C EAC6R 20 ARMI D O EAC6R 20 ARA EACG6R 120 ARMI C 250 EAC6R 25 ARAL ID EAC6R _ 25 ARM_D lt EAC6R 125 ARAL lt EACG6R 25 ARML C 300 EACOR I30 ARAL D 4 EAC6R I30 ARML ID 4 EACOR I30 ARAL O EACOR I30 ARML I C lt EAC6 Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide ENTE n Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC RW LOS ARALFO EAC RW L05 ARMLO 100 EAC6RW 110 ARAL ID 4 EAC6RW 10 ARMI D 4 EAC6RW 10 ARAL C EAC6RW 10 ARML C 150 EAC6RW 15 ARAL ID C EAC6RW 115 ARML ID C EAC6RW 115 ARAL C EAC6RW 115 ARMI 200 EAC6RW 120 ARA ID C EAC6RW 120 ARMI ID C EAC6RW 120 ARAL EAC6RW 120 ARMLI C 250 EAC6RW 125 ARA ID C EAC6RW 125 ARMI ID C EAC6RW 125 ARAL C EAC6RW 125 ARML OC 300 EAC6RW _130 ARALD lt EAC6RW
116. C Input co T Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 Connector Cover 42 IM 43025 1000 Molex JEN 2 5 1 2 5557 02R 210 Molex T Connector Cover 43025 0200 Molex Motor Cable 8 5557 10R 210 Molex 18 5 Stroke 214 5 2 3 Home Position Stroke 184 9 2 3 21 5 10 23 5 Stroke 3 Protective Earth Terminal M4 97 g 4 APosilioning Range lt 7 N Mechanical Limit For Electromagnetic Brake T 9 Position 68 Stroke 4 61 T M14x15 Installation Plate Foot Type Accessory Installation Plate Flange Type Accessory Included nut 1 pc M14x1 5 IF y 21 12 8 2 T 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in four directions amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism The pushing return to home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor 3 For DC power supply input total motor length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft models and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type Motorized Cylinder Product Name EACMADL IL IARAK EACMAEL IL IARAK EACMADL IL JARAC EACMAEL IL IARAC Single shaft EACMADL IL IARMK EACMAEL IL IARMK EACM4DLILIARMC EACM4EL IL JARMC With electromagnetic brake Numbers Specifiable in the Box L with
117. CCO50VA2FBT2 5 CCO7OVA2FBT2 7 CC100VA2FBT2 10 CC150VA2FBT2 15 CC200VA2FBT2 20 GFlexible Extension Cable Sets C DC Power Supply Input Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake Cables for Motor Product Name Length L m CCO10VA2R2 1 CCO20VA2R2 2 CCO30VA2R2 3 CCO50VA2R2 5 CCO7OVA2R2 7 CC100VA2R2 10 CC150VA2R2 15 CC200VA2R2 20 C DC Power Supply Input Used with an Electromagnetic Brake OO Cables for Motor Cable for Electromagnetic Brake ProductName LengthL m Length L m CCO1OVA2RBT2 1 CCO20VA2RBT2 2 CCO3OVA2RBT2 3 CCO50VA2RBT2 5 CCO7OVA2RBT2 7 CC100VA2RBT2 10 CC150VA2RBT2 15 CC200VA2RBT2 20 lt AC Power Supply Input Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake gt Cables for Motor Product Name CCOIOVAFT CCO20VAFT Length L m CCOSOVAFT CCOS50VAFT CCO7OVAFT CC100VAFT CC150VAFT CC200VAFT CO AC Power Supply Input Used with an Electromagnetic Brake gt Cables for Motor Product Name CCOT1OVAFBT CCO20VAFBT S Cable for Electromagnetic Brake Length L m 1 2 CCOSOVAFBT CCOS5O0OVAFBT CCO7OVAFBT NI G1 CC100VAFBT e CC150VAFBT CC200VAFBT 20 lt AC Power Supply Input Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake c Cables for Motor Product Name CCO1OVART CCO20VART CCO3OVART Length L m CCOS50VART CCO7OVART CC100VART CC150VART CC200VART lt AC Power Suppl
118. CM WEL IL JARMC G With electromagnetic brake Numbers Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name 005 O10 015 020 025 030 Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 47 5 2 5 7 6 3 6 8 kh an Bul 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 6 7 1 Mass kg 4 9 5 4 6 0 6 6 72 With Shaft Guide Cover 5 2 5 7 6 3 6 9 7 5 The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass using models with electromagnetic brake For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu EAC6RW Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide with Shaft Guide Cover Mechanism Limit Position o Stroke 86 z With Shaft Cover Stroke 18 5 T Y wn e HIE e Ee mE For AC Input T For DC Input e S gt Nn 3 e z e HEE 4 12 fo 400 Fa es 3 28 5 d 3 EI Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 20 4xM8 15 5 m F N Connector Cover 43025 1000 Molex o 43025 0200 Molex 2D 174 o 5557 02R 210 Molex Molex as 5557 10R 210 Molex mr
119. D 92U949J9H e21UU29 o1 52 EAC Frame Size 60 mm x 60 mm AC Power Supply Input standard Type Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 30 kg otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 gt Ps EAC6 EL ARMLI TC NEA Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EAC6 DL I ARALL O e 12 200 400 200 600 EAC DL I ARMETLO 15 ELS 6 60 a 400 500 400 300 A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positioning Distance Positioning time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Refer to page 115 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation Load Mass kg 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction I
120. D lt EAS6_ _ 070 ARMKD lt L L1070 ARAK C EAS6_ _ 070 ARMK lt a 750 EASG 075 ARAKD C EAS6 075 ARMKD C 1 L1075 ARAK C EAS6 075 ARMK C 800 EAS l 080 ARAKD C EASG 080 ARMKD lt _1080 ARAK lt EASG 080 ARMK lt 850 EASG 085 ARAKD C EASG 085 ARMKD C EASG 085 ARAK OC EASG 085 ARMK C lt gt EAS6 Side Mounted Type Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type gt pon Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAS6R L i L 1005 ARAKD C EASG6R L J L 005 ARMKD gt EASGR L 005 ARAK C EASGR L 005 ARMK C 100 EAS6R LL L 0O10 ARAKD gt EAS6R L _ L O10 ARMKD lt EASGR L 0O10 ARAK C EAS6R L _ _ 010 ARMK lt P 150 EAS6R L _ L 015 ARAKD lt EAS6R L _ LJ015 ARMKD lt EAS6R L L L 015 ARAK lt EAS6R L L_ L 015 ARMK lt 200 EASG6R L 1020 ARAKD C EAS6R L _ LJO20 ARMKD lt EASGR L 1020 ARAK C EAS6R L L_ L 020 ARMK lt 250 EASG6R L i 1025 ARAKD O EASG6R L 1025 ARMKD C EASG6R LJ 1025 ARAK C EASGR LJ 1025 ARMK C 300 EAS6R L _ LIO30 ARAKD lt EASG6R LJ 030 ARMKD EASGR L 030 ARAK C EAS6R L L_ L O30 ARMK lt co 350 EAS6R L _ _ 035 ARAKD lt EAS6R L _ L 035 ARMKD lt EASGR L 035 ARAK C EASGR L 035 ARMK C 3 400 EASGR L 040 ARAKD 2C EAS6R L _ L 040 ARMKD lt EAS6R L _ L 040 ARAK lt EAS6R L _ _ 040 ARMK lt 3 450 EA
121. DC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office 12 600 300 Positioning Distance Positioning Time z Maximum Transportable The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Mass in Horizontal Refer to page 122 for operating speed and acceleration Direction 912 mm Lead Positionina Dist Horizontall lt Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation X Positioning Distance Horizontally Transportable Mass 1 5 3 0 Load Mass Load Mass kg 0kg Overhung distance _ 15kg _ 6 5kg 2 mm eq 30kg 22 0 2 90mm E E 100mm F e D 30 5 310 5 jae a Ss 0 0p 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation l l l m Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied l with load and can transport the load Refer to the above graph for 3 5 Load Mass 8 0 Load Mass 0kg Okg the horizontally transportable mass 30kg M 14kg Load Center 60 kg 28 kg of Gravity rt y a Overhung Home Position distance Positioning Distance E The positioning distance is the distance from the home 0 2 300 position
122. E 131 S e e o 10 10H 100 lt 0 0 0 0 D 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 0 5 0 5 20 E 0 56 Load Mass 0 56 18 Load Mass 4 Q 2 0 63 mus Eoo t6 EU 9 E 15kg 65kg A g071 207i x D i few gt o S 0 83 50 83 E12 B 1 0 10r 10 E125 E125 I o 1 67 S 167 lt 6 lt lt EE Tan E 5 25 7 2 o D 8 50r S 50 o lt lt ce O 0 0 0 o 0 100 200 300 5 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm o5 BEAC6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type With Shaft Guide With cover AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 5 4 0 D o DAS Oo gt 20 9 a m 121 Load Mass Load Mass Wu 0 kg kg i 30kg 3 0 14kg 60 kg 28 kg E15 E zd zd 220 S10 E E 1 0 0 5 100 200 300 05 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70 60 600 bud e 60 iud ps 50 500 30kg 50 E E B40 g B40 g
123. EO2 Q O sk The values when the separately sold general purpose cable is used General purpose cables Page 97 Power Supply Input Specifications BAC Power Supply Input Driver Item EAS6 EAC6 Voltage and Built In Controller Type Single Phase 100 120 VAC Single Phase 200 240 VAC 15 6 50 60 Hz Maia Pawar Frequency Pulse Input Type Single phase 100 115 VAC Single phase 200 230 VAC three phase 200 230 VAC 15 10 50 60 Hz Supply Input Input Current Single Phase 100 115 120 VAC 2 9 2 4 4 4 3 6 A Single Phase 200 230 240 VAC 1 9 1 5 2 7 2 3 Three Phase 200 230 VAC 1 1 4 Control Power Source 24 VDC 5 0 5A DC Power Supply Input Driver Item EAS6 EAC6 Main Power 24 VDC 10 24 VDC 5 Supply Input 3 1 3 8 The parentheses indicate the values for the built in controller type Driver General Specifications AC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type l PE Terminal Power Supply Terminal FG Terminal Power Input Insulation Resistance f Signal I O Terminal Power Supply Terminal Terminal PE Terminal Power Supply Terminal PE Terminal Power Supply Terminal 1 8 kV 50 Hz or 60 Hz 1 5 kV 50 Hz or 60 Hz FG Terminal Power Input Dielectric Voltage 2 Signal 1 0 Terminal Power Signal 1 0 Terminal Power Terminal Supply Terminal Supply Terminal 500 VAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz 1 9 kV 50 Hz or 60 Hz 1 8kV
124. For AC Input og For DC Input ex orc tun 2 og T12 oy _ 28 5 H 0 012 q 17 9 4 H7 0 x4 Deep ce Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 ak co Connector Cover 43025 1000 Molex 43025 0200 Molex 5557 02R 210 Molex Motor Cable 8 5557 10R 210 Molex SN 18 5 Stroke 257 8 3 3 Stroke 228 2 3 9 J Mechanical Limit Position 2 Protective Earth Terminal M4 Mechanical Limit Position 3 Home 4 97 6 3 40 3 21 65 Stroke 3 Positionining Allowable Range 3 For Electromagnetic Brake 683 nx100 Detail of A Stroke 135 4 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in four directions amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism 3 For DC power supply input total length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type 4 When using an accessory sensor the home position differs Motorized Linear Slides Product Name EASM4YDLILILIARAK EASM4YDLILILIARAC EASMAYEL IL IL JARAK EASMAYEL IL IL IJARAC Single shaft EASMAYDL IL TIL IARMK EASMAYDL IL IL IARMC EASMAYEL TL IL JARMK EASMAYEL TL IL TARMC With electromagnetic brake Number Specifiable in the Box L within the
125. Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s 25 EAC6RW DOCO ARAKO E o 12 400 200 600 2 EAC6RW DI I ARMK LL gt H EAC6RW E ARAKI C El IEACORVGEUSESARAREECHNE 6 500 360 300 S EAC6RW EL I ARMKI 1 C EJ E DA number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name 3 A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box L in the product name E CD A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt gt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product m An alphabet G indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box Ed in the product name For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office 5 gt E Positioning Distance Positioning Time zMaximum Transportable 3 The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Mass in Horizontal Refer to page 122 for operating speed and acceleration e did did Direction 12 mm Lead c Positioning Dist D El i ositioning Distance Horizonta C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation 9 y S i Transportable Mass 2 5 3 0 Load Mass ipe cca ONG Overhung distance 7 _ 65kg Ej 0mm 24 0 22 0 3 50mm E E
126. I 7 5kg S 10r 10 30kg A S 10 10 15kg D S D S 9125 98 31 25 8 eo eo S167 2 6 S167 2 6 25 4 25 4 8 5 0 8 50 2 SS ee di 0 100 200 300 05 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm EAC6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead 6 mm Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time ePositioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 T 4 0 T Load Mass Load Mass 0kg kg j L5 30 kg 3 0 15kg Pee an 60kg 30kg 210 220 100 200 300 05 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 700 Load Mass Load Mass 60 600 murus 60 600 Zn mU a 30kg IS amp SESK 50 E 500 60kg g 50 E 500 30kg Z 40 g 400 E 40 g 400 2 3 300 2 30 3 300 B20 8 200 Eoo amp 200 10 100 10 100 A n 100 200 300 EE 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 1 0 10 10r Load Mass Load Mass 2125 8 me 125 m E E 60kg E Y 5167F 6 s167 g 25 ak E25 3 5 2 IR g 50 2 ES E 50r E E eal ui 100 200 300 y 100 200 300 Posit
127. I30 ARML ID C EAC6RW 30 ARAL C EAC6RW I30 ARMI lt EAC6 Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type m Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EAC6RW 105 ARA DD OC G EAC6RW 105 ARMI ID C G EAC6RW 105 ARAL C G EAC6RW 05 ARMI I G 100 EAC6RW 10 ARA ID C G EAC6RW _ 10 ARM_D G EAC6RW I10 ARAL C G EAC6RW 10 ARML G 150 EAC6RW 15 ARAL ID O G EAC6RW 15 ARMI ID C G EAC6RW 115 ARAI C G EAC6RW 115 ARMI C G 200 EAC6RW 20 ARA DD O G EAC6RW 120 ARMI ID C G EAC6RW 20 ARAL O G EAC6RW 120 ARML C G 250 EAC6RW 25 ARA D O G EAC6RW 25 ARMI ID C G EAC6RW 25 ARA C G EAC6RW 25 ARMI C G 300 EAC6RW I30 ARAL ID OC G EAC6RW 30 ARML ID C G EAC6RW I30 ARA G EAC6RW I30 ARMI C G A symbol indicating the lead is specified in the box L in the product name Either A single phase 100 115 120 VAC C single phase 200 230 240 VAC or S three phase 200 230 VAC pulse input packages only indicating power supply input is entered where the box lis located within the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product BDC Power Supply Input OCEACA Standard Type
128. K EACM4RWELILIARMK EACM4RWDLILIARMC EACM4RWELILIARMC With electromagnetic brake With Shaft Guide EACM4RWDLILIARAK G EACM4RWELJLIARAK G EACM4RWDLILIARAC G EACMARWEL IL JARAC G Single shaft Cover EACM4RWDLILIARMK G EACM4RWELILIARMK G EACM4RWDLILIARMC G EACMARWEL IL JARMC G With electromagnetic brake Numbers Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 8 2 1 2 4 2 6 2 9 3 2 Wal hakt Guide 1 9 2 2 2 5 2 7 3 0 3 3 Wasa 1 8 2 1 2 5 24 3 0 3 3 With Shaft Guide Cover 2 0 2 3 2 6 2 8 3 2 3 5 The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass using models with electromagnetic brake to For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu 69 70 EAC6W Standard Type with Shaft Guide with Shaft Guide Cover Mechanism Limit Position For DC Input Stroke 1 86 With Shaft Cover Stroke 18 83 5 fc JH F For AC Input lt Lal II e Z 12 S Electromagnetic Brake Cable 66 Connector Cover Xx 5557 02R 210 Molex E fr ud ctor Cove Conne Motor Cable 8 5557 10R 210 Molex Stroke 247 7 2 3 Stroke 212 7 2 3
129. L IARMEI EASGLX E ARML ID O EASM LXEL IL JL JARMEJ EAS6LX D ARML D O EASMOLXDLTL TL IARMES EAS6LY E ARML D O EASM LYEL TIL TL TJARMES EAS6LY D ARML D O EASM LYDUT ILIARMES Driver Product Name ARD LID Driver Product Name ARD L_ID GPulse Input Type lt Standard Type Electromagnetic Brake Product Name Motorized Linear Slide Product Name EASAX EL I ARAL O EASMAXEL DARAH EASAX DI I ARAL C EASMAXDLJL TL JARAESJ EASAY E ARAL EASMAYEL IL T JARAH Not EASAY D ARAL O EASMAYDLJL TL JARAESJ equipped EAS6X EL ARAL C EASMOXEL DARAH EAS6X DI ARAL C EASM6XDLJL TL IARA EAS Y E ARAL O EASM YEL IL T JARAH EAS6Y D ARAL C EASM YDLJL TL JARAH EASAX EL ARME CO EASMAXEL IL JL IARMES EASAX DI ARML FO EASMAXDLILILIARMES EASAY E ARML O EASMAYEL TL JL IARMESJ eau EAS4Y D_LIL ARML lt EASMAYDL T TL JARMES EAS6X EL J ARME OC EASMOXEL IL JL JARMEJ EAS6X D ARM FO EASM XDLT TL JARMEJ EASGY E ARM O EASM6YEL TL JL IARMEJ EAS6Y D ARM C EASM6 YDL T TL JARMES C Side Mounted Type Electromagnetic Brake Not equipped Equipped Product Name Motorized Linear Slide Product Name EASARX E
130. MAWEL IL JARAEJ EACAW E l ARA EACMAWEL TL IARAM Not EACAW D ARAL ID EACMAWDLI JL JARAEJ Not EACAW D l ARA C EACMAWDI IL IARAE equipped EACG6W EL I ARAL ID EACM6WELI_IARA equipped EAC6W ELILI ARAL lt O EACM6WELILIARA 2 EAC6W D ARAL ID EACM6WDLIIARAH ARD EID EAC6W DI ARAL lt lt EACM WDLTILIARAEI ARD O o EACAW E ARMI D 4 EACMAWEL IL IARMES EACAW E l ARMI EACMAWEL IL JARMEJ 2 Ecuibii d EACAW D ARMI ID C EACMAWDLI IL IARMES Egied EAC4W DU ARM O EACM4WDULIARME EAC6W E ARMI ID C EACM WEL IL IARMES EAC6W E ARM X EACM6WEL IL JARME EAC6W D ARMI ID C EACM6WDLI IL IARMES EAC6W DI ARML I EACM6WDL TL IARMES zi C Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide C Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide o Electromagneti Motoriz linder Driver Product Electromagneti Motoriz linder Driver Product matt ProductName T NS uum ji EACARW E ARAL D 4 EACMARWEL I ARAH EACARW E l ARAL lt gt EACMARWEL I IARAES S Not EACARW D ARA ID C EACMARWDL TL JARAEd Not EACARW DI I I ARA lt gt EACMARWDL IL IARAEJ i equipped EAC6RW EL T I ARAL ID O EACM6RWELILJARAEd equipped EACG6RW E ARAL O EACM RWELJLJARAE EAC6RW D ARAL D C EACM RWDI IL IARAEH ARD EID EAC6RW DI I I ARAL F lt EACM6RWDLILIARAB ARD O EAC4RW ELI_ ARMLID EACM4RWELILIARME EACARW E ARMI EACMARWEI T JARMES ciond EAC4RW DLIL ARM_D EACM4RWDLILIARME eau EAC4RW DL_ILI ARML
131. Motorized Linear Slide Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 O40 045 050 055 O60 O65 070 Stroke 400 450 550 600 650 700 33 35 36 38 39 Mass kg idu 3 2 3 4 3 5 3 1 3 8 Electromagnetic 34 m ds 2 m Brake Type i i i The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass at DC power supply input Hole Coefficient n Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 990 600 650 700 NIDI Bc P For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu CEASA Side Mounted Type Left side mounted Y Table 18 5 i i CD Di 5557 10R 210 Molex 2 Motor Cabled8 m 5557 02R 210 Molex 43025 0200 Molex a Connector Cover 43025 1000 Molex Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 6 5 5 JA C Protective Earth Terminal M4 28 5 e i 12 nae oo SES ER 00 For AC Input _ L 5d oS ts 3 4 7 x 4 Deep A z gt SSS S SS OT ey For DC Input gt Oe ee ee pa ga EH Oe Te ani BL a o gt SS D co 84 H7 0 x4 Deep 9
132. N3 Connector 54928 0570 MOLEX Connector for 24 VDC Power Supply Input Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Electromagnetic Brake Output Terminals CN1 Connector MC1 5 6 STF 3 5 PHOENIX CONTACT lt gt DC Power Supply Input ARD K Mass 0 17 kg 35 00 lncluded Control 1 0 Connector CN5 Case 10336 52A0 008 Sumitomo 3M Connector 10136 3000PE Sumitomo 3M Connector for Main Power Input Frame Ground Terminals CN1 Connector MC1 5 3 STF 3 5 PHOENIX CONTACT 90 EE 9 7 9 76 Connection and Operation Built in controller type Driver Part Names and Functions Built in controller type AC power supply input rientalmalar yen Signal Monitor Display Axis Setting Switch ID i Terminating Resistor Setting Switch TERM RS 485 Communication Connector CN6 RS 485 Communication Connector CN7 N 9 24 VDC Power Input Terminal CN1 Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Terminal CN1 Electromagnetic Brake Terminals CN1 A Motor Connector CN2 N Output Signal Connector CN9 CHARGE o Input Signal Connector CN8 Regeneration Unit Connection Terminals CN3 oo Sensor Signal Connector CN5 Main Power Input Terminal CN3 Control Module Connector CN4 Protective Earth Terminal Driver Bottom w Baud
133. Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 05r 20 056 18 2063 16 2 0 71 0 83 1 0 ms kHz Load Mass 14 Qkg 15kg t lon ra i smk No On Acceleration m s 167r Acceleration decelerati c nm c T T ce r Positioning Distance mm Din the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 4 0 Load Mass 0kg 9 0 EU 2 13kg o E 220 5 P NGE Sa NE a 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 60H 600 ae pon ME 65kg 90 i 13kg 40L 400 Z e E30r 5 300 a e amp 20 3 200 ae ara een meme w top 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 0 56 0 63 Load Mass 0 71 0 kg 6 5kg 13kg 0 83 1 25 1 67 Acceleration m s Acceleration deceleration rate ms kHz 5 c nm ce c ce Positioning Distance mm JONG uoululo2 solas DWI souos SWI suomneoyioodg sJopui o sopils seuosseooy C O 5 ct O uo1Ndaj
134. Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EACAW DI I ARALT C El 2 600 EACAW DI I ARMLT C El EACAW E I ARALT O El 6 300 EACAW E I J ARML I C El A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box D in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product An alphabet G indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box Ed in the product name For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positioning Distance Positioning time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance ziMaximum Transportable Mass in Horizontal Refer to page 117 for operating speed and acceleration Direction 912 mm Lead Positionina Dist Horizontall C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation X Positioning Distance Horizontally Transportable Mass Load Mass kg 75kg ce Load Mass kg 3kg ce Overhung distance mm 15kg 6kg o co o co 50mm 100mm Positioning Time s e o Positioning
135. Rate Setting Switch SW2 Function Switch SW4 Un Battery Connector CN10 1 Signal Monitor Display OO LED Indicators Indication Color Function Lighting Condition PWR Green Power supply indication When 24 VDC power supply is input ALM Red Alarm indication When a protective function is activated blinking C DAT Green Communication indication When communication data is being sent or received C ERR Red Communication error indication When communication data is in error Axis Setting Switch ID Indication Switch Name Function ID Unit Setting Switch Set this when you use RS 485 communication Set the unit number factory default setting 0 Baud Rate Setting Switch SW2 Indication Switch Name Function SW2 Baud Rate Setting Switch Set this when you use RS 485 communication Set the baud rate factory default setting 7 C RS 485 Baud Rate Setting No Baud Rate bps No Baud Rate bps 0 9600 4 115200 1 19200 5 6 Not used 2 38400 7 625000 connection with a network converter 3 57600 8 F Not used 4 Terminating Resistor Setting Switch TERM Indication Configure both No 1 and No 2 to the same setting Function Switch SW4 00 Indication No Function E SWA 1 Use in combination with the axis setting switch ID to set the axis number Factory setting OFF 2 Set the RS 485 communication protocol factory default setting OFF o 2 o CO RS 485
136. SG6R L 045 ARAKD O EAS6R L _ LJ045 ARMKD lt EAS6R L _ L 045 ARAK lt EASG6R L 045 ARMK C 500 EASG6R L 050 ARAKD CO EASGR LJ 050 ARMKD C EASGR L 050 ARAK C EASGR L 050 ARMK C 5 550 EAS6R LL L055 ARAKD gt EAS6R LL L055 ARMKD gt EASGR L 055 ARAK C EASGR L i 1055 ARMK C S 600 EAS6R L L_ LJO60 ARAKD lt EAS6R L _ L 060 ARMKD lt EAS6R L l 060 ARAK lt EASGR L 060 ARMK C e 650 EAS6R L 1065 ARAKD O EASGR L 065 ARMKD C EASGR L 065 ARAK C EAS6R L _ L 065 ARMK lt 700 EASGR L i 1070 ARAKD C EAS6R L _ LJO70 ARMKD lt EAS6R L _ L 070 ARAK EAS6R L _ L O70 ARMK lt S 750 EASGR L 1075 ARAKD EAS6R L _ LJO75 ARMKD lt EASGR LJ 1075 ARAK C EAS6R L _ L 075 ARMK lt 800 EAS6R L 1080 ARAKD C EASGR L 080 ARMKD EAS6R L _ L O080 ARAK lt EASGR L 1080 ARMK C a 850 EAS6R L _ _ 085 ARAKD lt EAS6R L _ _ 085 ARMKD lt EAS6R L L _ 085 ARAK lt EASGR L l 085 ARMK C A symbol indicating the table and lead is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the length of desired connection cable if included 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name General Specifications Motor AR Series Specifications DG Power Supply Input Heat resistant Class 130 B The measured value is 100 MO or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied between the following locations Insulati
137. Setting Switch Function Sets the current value during operation Used to limit the torque or temperature rise The current value is set with a ratio relative to the rated output current value Factory Setting F Function Difference in Characteristics Due to Velocity Filter AtO Adjust the responsiveness of the motorized actuator Adjust to suppress the vibration of the motorized actuator or to make starting and stopping smoother The minimum value of the velocity filter is 0 and the maximum value is EU Factory Setting 1 Motor Speed 4 Function Switch Setting Switch Indication Switch Name Function The motor resolution can be changed by the driver without the mechanically operated speed reduction mechanism A desired setting can be made between 100 10000 P R DO D1 Sets the resolution per one rotation of the motor output shaft 4 OFF 3 OFF 1000 pulses Factory setting 4 OFF 3 ON 10000 pulses suoneoyioedg Resolution 4 ON 3 OFF 500 pulses Select Switch 4 ON 3 ON 5000 pulses 5 9 The minimum traveling amount of the motorized actuator whose resolution change has been reflected is calculated below P N a Lead mm S 9r CS0 CS1 Minimum Traveling Amount mm o 3 9 mm 1000x Electronic gear B Electronic gear A1 9 For a detailed explanation of the electronic gear refer to the AR Series User s Manual Switches the control mode from normal mode to c
138. Slide Product Name EASARX E ARAL D O EASMARXEL ARAI EASARX D ARAL D O EASM4RXDLILILIARA EASARY E ARAL D EASMARYEL LARAI EASARY D ARALDD O EASMARYDL TL TL IARAE EASALX E ARAL D O EASMALXEL TL IL JARAEd EASALX D ARAL D O EASMALXDL TL IL JARAEJ EASALY E ARALID O EASMALYEL I DARAH EASALY D ARALID O EASMALYDLE TL JL JARAES EASGRX E ARAL D O EASM RXEL IL T JARAES EASGRX D ARAL D O EASM6RXDLILILIARA EASGRY E ARAL D O EASM RYEL TL TL JARAEJ EASGRY D ARAL D O EASM RYDL JL IL JARAH EASGLX E ARAL D O EASM LXEL TL IL JARAEJ EAS6LX D ARAL D O EASM LXDL TL IL JARAEJ EASGLY E ARAL ID O EASMOLYEL I IL JARAH EASGOLY D ARAL ID O EASM LYDL TL TL IARAE EASARX E ARML D O EASMARXEL LARME EASARX D ARML ID O EASMARXDL IL TL JARMEI EASARY E ARML D O EASMARYEL TL TL IARMET EASARY D ARML D O EASMARYDL IL IL IARMEI EASALX E ARML D O EASMALXEL IL JL JARMEJ EASALX D ARML D O EASMALXDL IL TL IARMET EASALY E ARML ID O EASMALYE TL IL JARME EASALY D ARML D O EASMALYDL T TL JARMES EASGRX E ARML D O EASM RXEL LARME EASGRX D ARML D O EASM RXDL T TL IARMEJ EASGRY E ARML D O EASM RYEL TL TL IARMEI EASGRY D ARML D O EASM RYDL IL I
139. Time s e o Horizontal Transferrable Mass kg 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 100 200 300 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation ONVertical Direction Installation l l l 25 T Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied P ic TES with pad and can transport the load Refer to the above graph for a Ole kg the horizontally transportable mass gt an Toe 6 5 kg Load Center 30 kg 22 0 13 kg of Gravity 1 2 E E 7 508 S gt E 1 0 Overhung e ES Home Position distance Positioning Distance The positioning distance is the distance from the home 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Note The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less position The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion from the load installation surface Positioning Distance mm Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 68 Le
140. a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Transportable Mass Dimensions GDuring Horizontal Installation During Vertical Installation Motorized Linear Slides Acceleration of 3 m s Acceleration of 2 m s gt Pages 30 32 35 Lead Lead 1 30 Lead 6 aaa lead 25 PU A E 15 5 10 5 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 2800 900 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 2800 900 Operating Speed mm s Operating Speed mm s EAS4 Width 58 4 mm x Height 60 mm Side Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 12 5 kg suoneaiioadg stroke 50 to 700 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Linear Slide Specifications Drive System Ball Screw Resolution P R 100 10000 Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Traveling Parallelism mm 0 03 m gt N N D D 7 Mp 16 3 My 4 8 Mri15 0 Me 58 3 My 16 0 Mr 53 3 Dynamic Permissible Moment N m Static Permissible Moment N m ABOUT PSZI10 0 Aj TEM Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm s by Stroke mm Horizontal Vertical IN IN IN 50 500 mm 550 mm 600mm 650mm 700 mm gt EAS4 L DLILL1 ARALL pz Be EASAI I DL 1L T ARMCT O gt E EASALT ELTE
141. acceleration deceleration rate ms kHz or acceleration deceleration time sec Command Input Command Range 0 001 1000 000 ms kHz Setting Unit 0 001 ms kHz 0 001 1000 000 s Setting Unit 0 001 s Velocity filter movement average filter Processing 2 Sensor Mode A return to home operation that uses a limit sensor LS LS Return 3 Sensor Mode A return to home operation that uses a limit sensor and HOME sensor To Home Return to Home Modes Pushing Mode A return to home operation by pressing the table against the mechanical end Operation B A function to define the home position by P PRESET input at an arbitrary position Position Preset T F You can set the home position to the desired value Md of Positioning 64 points No 0 63 oints Incremental mode Relative positioning Spa na Modes Absolute mode Absolute positioning Independent Operation A PTP Point to Point positioning operation Linked Operation A multistep speed change positioning operation that is linked with operating data A positioning operation with a timer that is linked with operating data Positioning Sperre Een e Linked DCERUIOIT 2 2d timer udi time can be set from 0 50 000 s unum rem 0 001 s Operation PustcMelor Oneration Perform positioning operation through continuously pressure to the load Operating speed is at a maximum of 25 mm s Operating Data Selection Method Starts the positioning operation when START is input after selecting M0 M5 Starts
142. ackage code The linear slide cylinder motor driver and cables are included as a set with 1 package code therefore the number of items to be ordered is reduced Delivered ina Short Time With Oriental Motor the product can be delivered to you in a short time Check product price and lead time by using Oriental Motor online Quotation Now sk For more details please visit Oriental Motor Website Reasonable Prices No matter if straight left or right side mounted motor type it has the same price For EAS Series For EAC Series 13 14 Product Stroke Maximum Speed mm s bs Name Width x Height Power pud Input nn mm ype Mass V 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 i Single Phase 100 120 peepee TES PAR S Single Phase 200 240 ian aaro Type EAS4 three Phase 200 230 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 58 4x60 mm 1 8 4 0 kg 12 DC24 48 Single Phase 100 120 49 Single Phase 200 240 EAS Three Phase 200 230 6 75 4x83 mm 4 0 8 7 kg DC24 48 Single Phase 100 120 icis EASAR Single Phase 200 240 Side Mounted Type EASAL Three Phase 200 230 58 4x60 mm 1 8 4 0 kg DC24 48 Single Phase 100 120 EAS6R Single Phase 200 240 EAS6L Three Phase 200 230 75 4x83 mm 4 0 8 7 kg DC24 48 Series Name mm
143. ad 12 mm Lead 6 mm Thrust N 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s EACARW Frame Size 42 mm x 114 mm AC Power Supply Input Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide With cover Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 11 5 kg e otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Z Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Mp 1 3 My 1 3 M 0 6 Static Permissible Moment N m Mp 3 7 My 3 7 Mp 3 0 Bi NGE Name Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EACARW DI I ARALT C El EAC4RW D_11 ARMLLO B us i i EACARW E ARALT OC El 6 saa T 200 EACARW E I ARMLET C El DA number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box Ll in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt gt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product An alphabet G indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box Ed in the product name For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positio
144. aft guide 60 mmx156 mm Motor Installing Direction R Retractable Blank Straight Shaft Guide W With Shaft Guide Blank No Shaft Guide Lead D 12 mm E 6 mm Stroke 05 30 50 300 mm 2 Motor AR AR Series Motor Shaft Configuration A Single Shaft g M With Electromagnetic Brake Power Supply Input A Single Phase 100 120 VAC For pulse input type Single Phase 100 115 VAC C Single Phase 200 240 VAC For pulse input type Single Phase 200 230 VAC 9 S Three Phase 200 230 VAC Pulse input only K 24 VDC 48 VDC i D Built In Controller Type Driver yp Blank Pulse Input Type Connection Cables 2 Number Length of Included Cable D 1 1m 2 2m 3 3m None Connection cable not included Q Shaft Guide Cover G With Shaft Guide Cover Blank No Shaft Guide 1 For the specifications and characteristics of 48 VDC contact the Customer Service Center 2 Connection cables with a length of 2 5 m or more are available as accessories sold separately Accessories gt Page 93 Product Line BAC Power Supply Input OEACA Standard Type c D CD e zh e rot ET o 3 n Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pin Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EACA 105 ARAL ID C EACA 05 ARML ID C EACA 0
145. al Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 5 Po c on o Positioning Time s e on 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 e Positioning Distance Operating Speed TOr 60r S50 zog B40 5 co EX P30 e amp 0r 5 Sel S 10r OL 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 E 15kg Load Mass Z m 30 kg Positioning Distance mm 700 800 Load Mass 0kg aon 15 kg 30kg Positioning Distance mm 700 800 e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 0 56 2 0 63 gor z083L 1 0 8 1 25 8167 2 5 5 0 elerati Acceleration m s Load Mass 0kg 15kg Accelerati 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Positioning Distance mm 700 800 C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time ePositioning Distance Operating Speed 70r Operating Speed kHz e Positioning Distance Acceleration 9 0 8 0 700 Aoc o O cc co eO oc oco Operating Speed mm s 100 Acceleration m s Load Mass la SESK 15kg pad 100 200 300 400 500 600 Positioning Distance mm 700 800 Load
146. ame Name EAC4RW ELIL ARALD G EACM4RWELILIARAI G EAC4RW ELILI ARAL O G EACMARWE T ARABTLG Not EACARW DI ARAL D O G EACMARWDI T IARAETG Not EACARW D ARAI C G EACMARWDI T IARAETG equipped EAC6RW EL T ARALD O G EACM RWEL TL IARABTG equipped EACGRW EL ARAL C G EACM RWEL T IARABI G EAC6RW D ARAL D C G EACM6RWDLI_IARAIG ARD EID EAC6RW D ARAL C G EACM RWDI T JARABTEG ARD O EACARW E ARML D C G EACM4RWEULIARME G EACARW E ARMI O G EACMARWE TL JARMETG Padane EACARW DUU ARMLD O G EACM4RWDL_ILARMEFG Ecillbned EACARW D ARML O G EACMARWDL TL IARMETG EAC6RW E ARML D C G EACM RWEL T IARMETG EAC6RW E ARML O G EACM RWEL TL JARMETG EAC6RW D ARML ID O G EACM6RWDLILIARMIE G EAC6RW D ARML C G EACM6RWDLILIARMIE G A number indicating the stroke is entered where the box D is located within the product name and in the motorized cylinder product name Either A single phase 100 115 120 VAC single phase 200 230 240 VAC S three phase 200 230 VAC pulse input type only or K 24 48 VDC indicating power supply input is entered where the box L is located within the product name and in the driver product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product Either C AC pow
147. as adusI9jJaH Jeoiuu2o 119 Je8ur pezuojo N pezio10 N 120 EAC4 Side Mounted Type With Shaft Guide With cover 24 VDC Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 2 T 3 0 T Load Mass Load Mass 10L 0kg 0kg _ 75kg _ c7 3kg 208 15kg 2 0 elg 206 Bod FIR 0 2 0p 100 200 300 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 700 60 600 60 600 50 e 500 50 3 500 Load Mass PE E 0kg 9 40 400 g 40 400 nina IKO L BE big eo ea Load Mass E930 g 500 dE EM ea ius 220 amp 2004 m Zo amp 209 1 __ 9 Kg eo i me 10 100 15 kg i0 t00 F 100 200 300 M 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 05 20 _ 05 I 056r 18 0 56 2063 16 2 0 63 goni wi Load Mass 071 Load Mass Z S H 0kg v S 0kg 4 gos 12 iS Sam 5083 3kg B 10F 10
148. as achieved a large portable mass LM Guide is a registered trademark of THK For EAS6 EAS6 Type Transportable Mass e Horizontal Maximum Transportable Mass 60 kg Vertical Maximum Transportable Mass 30 kg m Horizontal Installation Even if the overhung length is 1 m the permissible pressing force is up to 110 N Overhung length 1 m Static Permissible Moment Permissible load moment on the linear guide while stopped Pressing Force a Vertical Installation Even if the overhung length is 0 24 m a load of 10 kg is transportable Load 10 kg Dynamic Permissible Moment Permissible load moment on the linear guide while in operation The pressing force and the load are calculated from the static permissible moment 110 0 N m and the dynamic permissible moment 31 8 N m of the EAS6 The weight of the plate is not considered Dynamic Permissible Moment N m Mp Mv 10 3 Mn 40 6 Static Permissible Moment N m Me 86 0 My 34 0 Mm 110 0 Compact High Thrust Cylinder Aluminum is used for the rod making the motorized cylinder compact lightweight and high thrust The unique structure suppresses vibration to achieve improved acceleration characteristics and high speed positioning operation Coupling Ball Screw Nut Ball Screw Bushing Compact while Powerful Applicable to a Wide Variety of Applications Motor Installation Direction
149. ass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 14 kg 3 stroke 50 to 700 mm 50 mm increments BA Motorized Linear Slide Specifications Drive System Ball Screw Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment N m Me 16 3 My 4 8 M 15 0 Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Traveling Parallelism mm 0 03 Static Permissible Moment Nm Me S8 3 Mv 16 0 Me 53 3 sistere Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm s by Stroke mm Horizontal Vertical N IN N 50 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm 700 mm EASAL DL I T ARALT O EASAL DCII ARMEEEFO B c aa Ki 460 4 EASAL DUTL T ARMEEO ls 15 70 100 550 00 EASAL E TL ARALT O E 22 EASACI ECT T I ARMELEO 25 ET 140 200 270 0 200 A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box D in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positioning Distance Positioning Time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance A reference value for the positio
150. at can extend the wiring distance between the motor and driver up to 30 m The dedicated cable length is selectable from 1 m 2 m and 3 m Also extension cables and flexible extension cables are available as accessories sold separately Easy Operation by Use of the Data Setting Software Continued to next page By using the data setting software data settings actual operation and checks by the various monitor functions are also easily performed on the computer Data Setting Software MEXEO2 Various monitor functions The data setting software can be downloaded from the website 1 O Monitoring 4 Motorized Linear Slide Motorized Cylinders The condition of the 1 0 EAS Series EAC Series being wired with the 9 gt d can i hes on e computer Use it to SEO o eS A check the I O condition after wiring and during operation ap rA GD FHM enc GS ATI Cue Poe p Oana gid a daa e p ei Parameter Setting Mia Raa FC mer mawa au joo nmm 1 0M be quam The operating data and parameters Mau E ne can be easily set on the computer t i Waveform Monitoring The settting data can be saved d Similar to using an therefore the same settings can be qu gt oscilloscope the motor drive forwarded and used in case the oma a condition designated speed driver is replaced Loman motor load efficiency etc can be checked Use it Teaching Remote Operation dung usus pulp oning
151. ault setting OFF 4 OFF Terminating resistor not used ON Terminating resistor used C RS 485 Communication Protocol Setting Connection with a network converter solas Svy3 SepiIS Je8ur pezuojo N Modbus RTU Mode Input Signal Connector CN8 m POs OF 8 5 c DN Dro nla Indication Pin No Signal Name Initial Value 1 INO HOME Execute the return to home operation 2 IN1 START Execute the positioning operation 3 IN2 MO Oo CN8 4 ING M1 Use 3 bits to select the operating data number S 5 IN4 M2 3 6 IN5 FREE Stop motor excitation and release the electromagnetic brake 7 IN6 STOP Stop the motorized actuator 8 IN7 ALM RST Reset current alarm jp 2 You can set functions to assign by specifying parameters Initial values are shown above For details refer to the AR Series User s Manual 2 The following input signals can be assigned to input terminals INO to IN7 9 Input Signals 9 0 Not used 8 MSO 18 STOP 36 R4 45 R13 a 1 FWD 9 MS1 24 ALM RST 37 R5 46 R14 2 RVS 10 MS2 25 P PRESET 38 R6 47 R15 3 HOME 11 MS3 26 P CLR 39 R7 48 MO 9 7 4 START 12 MS4 27 HMI 40 R8 49 M1 ON 5 SSTART 13 MS5 32 RO 41 R9 50 M2 m 6 JOG 16 FREE 33 R1 42 R10 51 M3 S 7 J06 17 C ON 34 R2 43 R11 52 M4 35 R3 44 R12 53 M5 Taking the continuous operation as example the table rod movement for the FWD and RVS input signals are shown below For the FWD input signal The m
152. ble included in the EAS Series and the EAC Series seues DWF seues SWI suoneonyioedg JONG UOWWOD gt O Q 0 fe o uone noj e2 uonoosjes oouoJ49JoH Jeoiuu2o sopils Jeaur p z N SJoput 5 pezuo1olN 93 94 Connection Cable Sets and Flexible Connection Cable Sets Product Line Connection Cable Sets lt DC Power Supply Input Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake Cables for Motor Product Name Length L m CCO50VA2F2 5 CC070VA2F2 7 CC100VA2F2 10 CC150VA2F2 15 CC200VA2F2 20 CC300VA2F2 30 C DC Power Supply Input Used with an Electromagnetic Brake t Cables for Motor Cable for Electromagnetic Brake Product Name Length L m CCO50VA2FB2 9 CCO70VA2FB2 7 CC100VA2FB2 10 CC150VA2FB2 15 CC200VA2FB2 20 CC300VA2FB2 30 GFlexible Connection Cable Sets C DC Power Supply Input Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake Cables for Motor Product Name Length L m CCO10VA2R2 1 CCO20VA2R2 2 CCO30VA2R2 3 CCO50VA2R2 5 CC0O70VA2R2 7 CC100VA2R2 10 CC150VA2R2 15 CC200VA2R2 20 CC300VA2R2 30 CO DC Power Supply Input Used with an Electromagnetic Brake Cables for Motor Cable for Electromagnetic Brake Product Name Length lim CCO10VA2RB2 1 CCO20VA2RB2 2 CCO30VA2RB2 3 CCO50VA2RB2 5 CCO70VA2RB2 7 CC100VA2RB2 10 CC150VA2RB2 15 CC200VA2RB2 20 CC300VA2RB2 30 CO AC Power Supply Input Not Using an Electromagne
153. ce Center 2 Connection cables with a length of 2 5 m or more are available as accessories sold separately Accessories gt Page 93 Product Line BAC Power Supply Input EAS4 Standard Type c D CD e zh e rot ET o 3 e Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pois Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EASA4 005 ARAL ID C EASAI 005 ARMI ID C EASA 005 ARA C EASAI 005 ARMI I C gt S 100 EAS4_ _ 010 ARALD lt EASA I 010 ARMI D C EASA 010 ARA C EASA 010 ARM C b S 150 EASAI 015 ARA ID C EASA 015 ARML D C EASA 015 ARAL EASA 015 ARML I a 200 EASA I JO20 ARAL ID gt EASA JO20 ARMLUID gt LI L1020 ARAL O EASA I 020 ARMI A 250 EASAI I 025 ARA ID C EASA 025 ARMI D C LJ L 025 ARA 5 gt EASA 025 ARMI C 300 EASAI 030 ARAL ID C EASAI 030 ARM D C LI L O3O0 ARAL O EASAI 030 ARMI C 350 EAS4L _1035 ARALD EAS4__ _ 035 ARML_ID lt LI LJ035 ARAL lt EASAI 035 ARML C m 3 400 EASAI 040 ARA D C EASA I 040 ARML ID C L L 040 ARAL gt EASA l 040 ARMI IC d 450 EAS4_ _1045 AR
154. cified values Check the moment applied under static conditions with the static permissible moment and the moment applied under movement with the dynamic permissible moment Calculate the load moments of the motorized linear slide and the motorized cylinder with shaft guide only based on loads Check that the static permissible moment and dynamic permissible moment are within limits and check that strength is sufficient Z axis Z axis X axis G Position at Center of Gravity of the Load Y axis Load Moment Formula IAM JAM A Mrl E ee mi E M i Mv E Ma When there are several overhung loads etc this equation determines the moment from all loads For Multiple Loads n Load mass kg Gravitational acceleration 9 807 m s Acceleration m s Motorized linear slide table height m Lx Overhung distance in the direction of the X axis m Lv Overhung distance in the direction of the Y axis m Lz Overhung distance in the direction of the Z axis m AMp Load moment in the pitching direction N m AWMy Load moment in the yawing direction N m AMR Load moment in the rolling direction N m Mp Permissible moment in the pitching direction N m My Permissible moment in the yawing direction N m Mr Permissible moment in the yawing direction N m IA Me AMp2 AMpnl IAMvi AMv AMvl AMr AMg lt AMR Mp My lt Mr 2 CQ Concept of Static Moment A
155. ckhoff Automation GmbH of Germany Pulse Input Type CPU Power Supply Positioning Package Operates by inputting pulses into the driver Control the motor using your positioning unit pulse generator JUUUL Pulse Input When Controlling through When Controlling through F ARYA ES HEN TL fimm Dun mum fie npa ora quat amet 4 FS fuia NUT OUTPUT Jine rus jour Jim Liss mii Cag igues Lice Lea Desir Bet Le Ljou Lie LJ ours m in ee He amr cmm ms The network converter sold separately can be used to support CC Link MECHATROLINK and EtherCAT communications Operating data and parameters can be set and operation commands can be input using various communication methods Because it flexibly supports the network and the time of design is reduced When multiple axes are used the load on the host master is reduced and the cost is lowered Olt unifies the slaves and supports various networks Olt also supports group sending function between slaves CC Link Compatible Up to 12 axes MMECHATROLINK EtherCAT Compatible Up to 16 axes Easy Operation Drive Built In Controller Type As the information required for operation of the motorized linear slides and motorized cylinders is kept in the driver the load to the host PLC is reduced The system configuration to use a multi axis control ha
156. ct name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product An alphabet G indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box Ed in the product name For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 12 600 300 Positioning Distance Positioning time zMaximum Transportable The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Mass in Horizontal Refer to page 121 for operating speed and acceleration Direction 912 mm Lead Positionina Dist Horizontall lt Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation X Positioning Distance Horizontally Transportable Mass Load Mass Load Mass kg 0kg 15kg 6 5kg Overhung distance 0mm 50mm 100mm Positioning Time s Horizontal Transferrable Mass kg Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation l l l l 56 iG Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied with load and can transport the load Refer to the above graph for Load Mass Load Mass sg 0kg 0kg the horizontally transportab
157. ction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 2 3 0 Load Mass Load Mass 10 Okg 0k _ 75kg E 35kg 208 15 kg 2 0 nae am C E 206 E 0 2 100 200 300 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 700 60 600 60 600 w a Load Mass 50 500 50 500 ie tE E 35kg g 40 B 400 g 40 B 400 7kg 2 sof 2 300 Load Mass E30 2 am EE Bool amp ok Boot 520 3 200 o amp 20 3 200 10 100 Sarg 10 100 100 200 300 ME 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration Sy 05 0 56 0 56 2 0 63 2 0 63 soni z tnim ae iis 50 83 E 7 5 kg 4 5 0 83 35kg Bio 8 10 7kg 4 8125 3 81 25 S 1671 lt 5 1 67 E 25 B 25 8 50 2 50 _ i d 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm EAC4 Side Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 T 3 0 T Load Mass Load Mass ok o P ad 1 5 15kg 63kg AN C 30 kg Zool 12 5 kg WA 210 e 05 T 0p 100 200 300 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positionin
158. ctuator Connecting the Main Power Supply and the Electromagnetic Brake Furnish the following cable for the power supply lines AWG24 to 16 0 2 to 1 25 mm D 26 DAS o2 20 9 a S 81 Y Cable Included Electromagnetic Connect to CN1 Brake Cable m Black AWG28 16 0 08 1 25 mm 2 Black E MB1 White o MB2 24 V D NS 24 VDC Power Supply 22e ncluded Wh 24 VDC 5 SEEE OOO00O000 En ess O FG If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable sold separately the 24 VDC 4 specification applies For the electric current values required for the 24 VDC power supply refer to DC Power Supply Input Driver on page 74 under L Power Supply Input Specifications and the L Electromagnetic Brake Specifications on page 21 for motorized slides and on page 45 for motorized cylinders 82 GG Connecting to the Host Controller Common for the AC power supply input and DC power supply input of the built in controller type C Connection Diagram for Connection with Current Sink Output Circuit Controller Driver 12 24 VDCA 5 CN9 DY Ro 10 mA or less gt OUTO Dy o RaP E Output Saturation Voltage Maximum Ins y av c IN A ES E 12 C
159. d on the opposite side of the motor 3 For DC power supply input total motor length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft models and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type 4 The installation plate foot type cannot be installed on this part Motorized Cylinder With Shaft Guide EACM4WDLILIARAK EACMAWEL IL IARAK EACM4WDLILIARAC EACMAWETL IL JARAC Single shaft Product Name EACMAWDI IL IARMK EACMAWEL I IARMK EACM4WDLILIARMC EACMAWETL IL IARMC With electromagnetic brake With Shaft Guide EACM4WDLILIARAK G EACMAWEL IL IARAK G EACM4WDLILIARAC G EACM4WELILIARAC G Single shaft Cover EACMAWDIL IL IARMK G EACM4WELILIARMK G EACMAWDIL IL IARMC G EACMAWEL IL ARMC G With electromagnetic brake Numbers Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 f 1 8 2 1 2 4 2 6 2 9 3 2 with Shart Guide 1 9 2 2 2 5 2 7 3 0 3 3 Mass kg f 1 8 2 1 2 5 2 7 3 0 3 3 With Shaft Guide Cover 2 0 2 3 2 6 2 8 3 2 3 5 The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass using models with electromagnetic brake For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu CEACARW Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide with Shaft Guide Cover Mechanism Limit Position Stroke 4 71 Stroke 14 With Shaft Cover suoneaiioadg AC Input DC Input
160. de and the motorized cylinder with shaft guide only is not 5 ah EO Sg exceeded 10 E Calculating Load Moment gt Page 104 Me 3 f 8 5 0 2 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Selection complete 103 104 z Ccalculating Load Moment When a load is transported with the motorized linear slides and motorized cylinders with shaft guide only the load moment acts on the linear guide if the load center of gravity is offset from the center of the table The direction of action applies to three directions pitching Me yawing My and rolling Ma depending on the position of the offset e Load Moment of Motorized Linear Slides Pitching Direction M Yawing Direction Mv Rolling Direction Ma Linear slide bottom face center of table Center of table Linear slide bottom face center of table e Load Moment of Motorized Cylinders With shaft guide only Pitching Direction M Yawing Direction Mv Rolling Direction Ma Support Point Support Point Center Line of Linear Bushing Even though the selected motorized actuator satisfies the transport mass and positioning time when the position of the center of gravity of the load is overhung from the table the run life may decrease as a result of the load moment It is necessary to check if load moment calculations are not done and if conditions are within the spe
161. e INI H gt H H H 3 A lt H 5 b 2 7 kQ aval Eom c oOo A Se oOo Oo vov Use output signals 30 VDC or less When the current value exceeds 10 mA connect the external resistor Ro Connect a terminating resistor of 100 or more between the line receiver inputs For the control I O signal lines CN5 use a multi core shielded twisted pair wire AWG28 1024 0 08 to 0 2 mm 2 and keep the wiring length as short as possible no longer than 2 m Note that as the length of the pulse line increases the maximum transmission frequency decreases Provide a distance of 200 mm or more between the control 1 0 signal lines and power lines power supply lines motor lines and other large current circuits C Connection Diagram for Connection with Current Source Output Circuit 00 When the Pulse Inpu
162. e mm C Vertical Direction Installation 10 0 8 0 Positioning Time s 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Time Coefficient Load Mass Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation Okg 7 5kg 15kg 0kg 3 5kg Positioning Time Coefficient Load Mass Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation Okg 15kg 30kg 6 3 kg 12 5 kg 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Tl 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 0 1 5 1 4 1 4 1 5 1 0 The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Transportable Mass During Horizontal Installation Acceleration of 3 m s Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Load Mass kg 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s During Vertical Installation Acceleration of 2 m s Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Load Mass kg 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s Dimensions Motorized Linear Slides gt Pages 31 33 suoneaiioadg m gt N D D 77 ABOUT PSZ110 0 Aj S9lJ0SSa22y JONG UOWWOD Ssauas DWI sJaputj p9zi1010 N uone no e uon2ajag 92U949J9H e21UU29 Zit 28 EAS6 Wid
163. e from the table rod that pushes the load when speed is constant Pushing Force The pressure applied to the load during the pushing operation Use it with the pushing operation speed at 25 mm s or less and within the dynamic permissible moment with shaft guide for motorized cylinders The pulse string input type has a pushing operation function but no return to home pushing function 4D Holding Force Holding force when the motor is stopped or when the electromagnetic brake is operating while power is supplied Maximum Speed by Stroke Maximum speed allowed when transporting the maximum transportable mass The length of stroke restricts the upper limit of speed If DC power is supplied the maximum speed may decrease depending on the ambient temperature and motor cable length 2 The motorized cylinders have specifications only for those with shaft guide and those with shaft guide cover Resolution Setting Example Minimum travel N T 17 6 mm Lead QC Conversion Formula ee oe Setting Item Setting Examples Initial Value Lead mm Lead mm 6 6 Minimum Travel Jmm s 1000x Electronic gear B Electronic gear A P R 7 Resolution Minimum travel mm 600 0 01 1000 0 006 0 0 ElaptronicGaar pecan Gear A 9 1 For a detailed explanation of the electronic gear refer to the AR Series User s Electronic Gear B 3 1 Manual T 3 12 mm Lead oS Setting Item Setting Examples Initial Val
164. e linear guides used on motorized linear slides are made by THK The table below lists the products of linear guides used by each series Series Linear Guide Type SHS15V EAS Series SSR25XW TSensorless Return to Home Sensorless return to home has been difficult to implement at high speed because in this type of return to home operation the table is pressed against the actuator body The table is also pressed against a urethane damper etc to absorb shocks which may cause positional error over time By developing a mechanism in which the dedicated rubber stopper and the tip of the mettalic part are pushed we have achieved a higly reliable fast return to home operation Sensorless Return To Home and the Role of a Rubber Stopper Rubber Stopper Absorb the shock of collision Push in completely Guard Panel D Operate at high speed 2 Operate at low speed after contacting 3 Reversed once the metal surfaces 4 Operate only for fixed amount and stop the rubber stopper make contact Product Service Life The service life of a motorized linear slide and a motorized cylinder is generally affected by the rolling fatigue life of its ball screw linear guide or ball bearing When stress is applied repeatedly to the raceways and rolling balls flaking a phenomenon in which the metal surface turns into small scale like pieces that separate from the base metal occurs due to material fatigue caused by rolling fatigue The rolling fatigue
165. ear slide table and load moments equivalent to the dynamic permissible moments Me Mv Mr were caused to act e D upon the motorized linear slide table in respective directions The amounts of deflections on the tip ata Ats Atc were measured o 100 mm 4 100 mm x 2 oT ue Deflection Amount D Deflection Amount tc B g AtB o Deflection Amount i E Ata Pitching Direction Yawing Direction Rolling Direction Table Deflection Amount for the Dynamic Permissible Moment Serie Brodit Pitching Direction Yawing Direction Rolling Direction Me Nm Ata mm Mv Nm Ate mm Ma N m Atc mm EAS4 15 3 0 11 4 8 0 03 15 0 0 38 tenes EAS6 31 8 0 11 10 3 0 03 40 6 0 41 sk Ignore the deflection of the 100 mm plate Deflection characteristics do not change among the table types Traveling Parallelism The travelling parallelism is the band of fluctuation in the distance between the table and the reference plane as the table travels with the motorized linear slide installed on the reference plane as shown The EAS Series achieves high traveling parallelism because the linear guide can be used directly as the installation surface Within 0 03 mm 9 qe 3U 40 uon9aye E9 JO UPIM c 2 eo e 2 Q c 2 gt J D CD e e 2 o 2 D Eo D 125 Installation OG Sensor Installatio
166. ectromagnetic Brake Type S Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name zd 50 EACAW LI05 ARALDD C G EACAW L 05 ARMLID C G EACAW L05 ARML C G 100 EACAW I10 ARAL ID C G EACAW 10 ARML ID C G EACAW 10 ARAL G EACAW 10 ARML I C G co 150 EACAW 15 ARA D C G EACAW 15 ARML ID C G EACAW 15 ARAL I O G EACAW 15 ARMI C G T 200 EACAW 20 ARA D C G EACAW 20 ARMI DD C G EACAW 20 ARA C G EACAW 20 ARM I C G S 250 EAC4W L 25 ARALD G EAC4W 125 ARM_D G EACAW 25 ARAL I G EACAW 25 ARML C G S 300 EACAW 30 ARA D C G EACAW 30 ARMI ID C G EACAW I30 ARAL O G EACAW I30 ARML C G OEACA Side Mounted Type m Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type E pos Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EACAR L105 ARALID C EACAR L105 ARMLD O EACAR L 105 ARML O a 100 EACAR 10 ARAL D 4 EACAR 110 ARML ID C EACAR 110 ARA IC EACAR 10 ARML C e 150 EACAR 115 ARA ID 4 EACAR 115 ARMI ID 4 EACAR 115 ARA 4 EACAR 115 ARMI I C 200 EACAR 120 ARAL ID 4 EAC4R _ 20 ARM_D lt EACAR 120 ARALT O EACAR 120 ARML C 250 EACAR 25 ARAL ID C EACAR 125 ARML ID C EACAR 125 ARAL C EACAR 125 ARML C 300 EACAR I30 ARA ID 4 EACAR I30 ARMI DD 4 EACAR 1I30 ARA F EACAR I30 ARMI I C EAC4 Side Mount
167. ed Type with Shaft Guide Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pes Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EACARW 05 ARAL ID C EACARW 105 ARML ID C5 EACARW 105 ARAL C EACARW 05 ARML I C 100 EACARW 10 ARA ID C EACARW 10 ARMI D 4 EACARW 10 ARAL I EACARW 110 ARML C 150 EACARW 115 ARAL D 4 EACARW 15 ARMI D 4 EACARW 115 ARAL C EACARW 115 ARML C 200 EACARW 20 ARAL ID C EACARW 20 ARMI D 4 EACARW 120 ARAL O EACARW 20 ARML C 250 EACARW 125 ARAL ID C EACARW 25 ARMI DD C EACARW 125 ARA C EACARW 125 ARMI I C 300 EACARW I30 ARAL ID EAC4RW L130 ARML_D lt EACARW I30 ARA C EACARW I30 ARML 1 5 lt EAC4 Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type pi Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Single Shaft Electromagnetic Brake Type Product Name Product Name Product Name 50 EACARW 105 ARA D C G EACARW 105 ARM D C G EACARW 105 ARA C G EACARW 05 ARMI I C G 100 EACARW 110 ARAL ID C G EACARW 110 ARML D C G EACARW 110 ARAL I G EACARW 110 ARML C G 150 EACARW 115 ARA ID C G EACARW 115 ARML D C G EACARW 115 ARAL C G EACARW 115 ARML C G 200 EACARW 20 ARA ID C G EACARW 120 ARMI D C G EACARW 120 ARA C G EACARW 20 ARMI C G 250 EACARW 125 ARAL
168. ed where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product gt For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office Positioning Distance Positioning Time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the applicable stroke Refer to pages 107 and 108 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation SS SSS SSS e SS 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation Load Mass kg 15kg 30kg Positioning Time s r 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Note C Vertical Direction Installation 5 0 Load Mass kg 3 5kg 4 0 Positioning Time s 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distanc
169. efer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 D For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office Positioning Distance Positioning time CD wn The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the o applicable stroke Refer to page 110 for operating speed and acceleration c Ly 912 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient 9 3 0 7 Load Mass 8 0 me D E Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation o E Ip 75kg Okg 15kg 30kg Okg 7 5kg 15 kg o O O E 50 650 10 10 10 2 700 1 0 10 1 0 40 5 M j 1 1 1 0 1 0 h z ast 1 1 1 2 1 0 2 0 IE D 4 1 5 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 0 5 1 0 dete 0 as 1L EE 3L 1L 1L 1E dL E 1E 1E 1 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead lt Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient 10 0 SU Load Mass eic 9 0 roKe Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation d i o Imm Tong 30kg 60 30 k 7 0 RR a SN Aa a A cede 2 5 0 age CEE 1 4
170. er Supply Input ARD AD ARD CD z Mass 0 75 kg 45 37 max 125 4 5 Thru T solas Svy3 SepiIS Je8ur pezuojo N included Power Input Terminal Connector CN1 Connector MC1 5 6 STF 3 5 PHOENIX CONTACT Sensor Signal Connector CN5 Connector FK MC0 5 5 ST 2 5 PHOENIX CONTACT Input Signal Connector CN8 Connector FK MC0 5 9 ST 2 5 PHOENIX CONTACT Output Signal Connector CN9 Connector FK MC0 5 7 ST 2 5 PHOENIX CONTACT Connector for Regeneration Unit Input Main Power Input Terminals CN3 Connector 54928 0570 MOLEX solas DWF SJoput 5 peziuo10lN 0 fe 3 3 O 3 U md lt 6 2 C DC Power Supply Input ARD KD Mass 0 17 kg 37 max 70 PLE seuosseooy lncluded Power Input Terminal Connector CN1 Connector MC1 5 5 STF 3 5 PHOENIX CONTACT Sensor Signal Connector CN5 Connector FK MC0 5 5 ST 2 5 PHOENIX CONTACT Input Signal Connector CN8 Connector FK MC0 5 9 ST 2 5 PHOENIX CONTACT i Output Signal Connector CN9 Connector FK MC0 5 7 ST 2 5 PHOENIX CONTACT 100 uone noj e2 uonoosjes 17 max G Pulse Input Type C AC Power Supply Input ARD A ARD C ARD S Mass 0 75 kg 45 41 max 125 4 5 Thru T 1 ooueJ49JoH Jeoiuu2o Olncluded Control 1 0 Connector CN5 Case 10336 52A0 008 Sumitomo 3M Connector 10136 3000PE Sumitomo 3M Connector for Regeneration Unit Input Main Power Input Terminals C
171. er supply input or K DC power supply input indicating the power supply input is entered where the box E is located within the motorized cylinder product name 13 74 Motorized Linear Slides Motorized Cylinders Common Driver Motorized linear slides EAS Series and motorized cyliners EAC Series employ the closed loop stepping motor and driver package Qs7er AR Series Built in Controller Type Driver Pulse Input Type Driver AC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input AC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input ARD LID ARD KD ARD L 1 ARD K Either A single phase 100 115 120 VAC C single phase 200 230 240 VAC or S three phase 200 230 VAC pulse input only indicating power supply input is entered where the box L is located within the driver product name Driver Specifications Built In Controller Type Pulse Input Type Max Input Pulse Frequency B Line driver output by programmable controller 500 kHz When the pulse duty is 50 l Open collector output by programmable controller 250 kHz When the pulse duty is 50 Number of Positioning Data Sets 64 Points Independent Q Linked O Positioning Operation Linked 2 O Sequential O Direct O Continuous Operation O JOG Operation O Return To Home Operation O Test Operation O O Absolute Backup System O Control Module OPX 2A Q O Data Setting Software MEX
172. erence diagram is an example for X table type The Y table type is similar oouoJ49JoH Jeoiuu2o HOME Sensor Detection Position LS Sensor Detection Position LS Sensor Detection Position 21 HOME Sensor Used Stroke 21 Mechanical Stopper Position Mechanical Stopper Position LS Sensor L7 L7 X Table Type Y Table Type Motorized Linear Slide Model L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L10 L11 EAS4 2 62 2 19 5 39 5 45 5 4 3 793 ee 17 EAS6 79 5 23 9 48 54 37 3 30 8 22 LS Sensor HOME Sensor L3 If the stroke of the motorized linear slide is 50 mm 2 sensors can be installed Sensors and shield plates can also be installed on the opposite side of the diagram above In case of the Y table install the shield plate to the load 99 100 Shield Plate Installation X Table Type For the X table type the shield plate can be installed to the table of the product Install the shield plate included in the sensor set to the screw hole in the side of the table Hexagonal Socket Head Screws M2 5 0 6 N m Shield Plate C Y Table Type In case of the Y table type install the shield plate to the load The screw hole into which the shield plate is installed to the load needs to be processed For the positions of the screw holes for installing the shield plate refer to the shield plate installation hole position
173. es RS 485 Network Converters gt Page 98 gt Page 101 Communication Cables gt Page 102 gt Page 98 C The EAC Series employs the AR Series therefore it shares the User s Manual of the AR Series The User s Manual is not included with the product Contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office or download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu Q System Configuration Example Sold Separately EAC Series Installation Plates Foot type EAC4 E05 ARMCD 1 PAP4EAC The system configuration shown above is an example Other combinations are available G Pulse Input Type with Electromagnetic Brake 1 Not supplied An example of a single axis system configuration with the SCX11 controller is shown below 2 To be provided by the customer as necessary Accessories Sold separately Cables used for EMC directive evaluation When extending the distance between the motorized actuator When extending the distance between the motorized and the driver without using an included connection cable actuator and the driver using an included connection cable DO For electromagnetic brake For electromagnetic brake Connection Cable Sets Extension Cable Sets Flexible Connection Cable Sets Flexible Extension Cable Sets gt Page 93 Page 93 Accessories Sold separately Control Module Data Setting Software Data Setting Software gt Page 92 or Communication Cable MEXEO2 gt
174. f grease decreased Clean the ball screw using a soft cloth and then apply new grease to the nut raceway grooves SoZ AEE Attachment of dust or any other foreign object If there are any foreign objects remove them os Guide Rail Has the grease lost its luster Has the amount of grease decreased Clean the ball raceway grooves on both sides of the guide rail using a Du N Manufactured by THK 20 soft cloth and then apply new grease to the ball raceway grooves o ao Even if the color of the grease AFF for the EAS Series has changed to brown good lubrication is maintained as long as the traveling surface appears shiny O Motorized Cylinders EAC Series s Item Grease Used Check list Action 3 Marutemp SRL Attachment of dust or any other foreign object If there are any foreign objects remove them Jg Rod Shaft Manufact lt eae E a Has grease color turned brownish or has the grease lost its gloss Clean the rod and the shaft using a soft cloth and then apply new grease uw Table Deflection and Rigidity 2 o When a load moment acts on the table of the motorized linear slide the linear guide supports the table The action of the load moment deflects the ball in the 6 linear guide and as a result the load is displaced Shown below are the actual displacements that were measured when a load moment was caused to act upon a 6 motorized linear slide Measurement Conditions o A 100 mm overhung plate was fixed on the lin
175. ftware MEXEO2 eo Power Supply Circuit Breaker Noise Filter Single Phase 100 120 VAC 50 60 Hz or Ground Fault Interrupter Single Phase 200 240 VAC 50 60 Hz 1 If including a connection cable either a 1 m 2 m or 3 m cable is included If you need cables longer than 3 m or flexible cables select appropriate cables from the accessories sold separately Keep the wiring distance between the motorized actuator and driver to 30 m or shorter 2 Not supplied 3 Ground to the PE terminal of the motor or at the plate used to install the motorized actuator Connecting the Main Power Supply Furnish the following cable for the power supply lines Single phase Single phase
176. g 5K 7kg m o Positioning Time s ce 7 7 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Operating Speed kHz Operating Speed mm s 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration Load Mass 0 71 Ohya 3 5kg 7 Acceleration m s 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm EAC4 Standard Type 24 VDC Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 Positioning Time s 5 0 5 Load Mass kg 15kg 30kg 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Operating Speed kHz 700 600 Operating Speed mm s Load Mass kg 15kg 30kg 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 0 56 2063 2 0 711 0 83 1 0 1 25 1 675 2 5 kHz Acceleration deceleration r Din the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm 14 i sk Load Mass kg 15kg 30 kg
177. g Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 700 60 600 idis 60 600 Ein i Ten Z 15kg meal Z 6 3kg gs0 En 50 e B 40 g 400 E 40 g 400 2 3 300 2 30 3 300 B20 8 200 Eoo amp 200 10 100 10 100 NS 100 200 300 oe 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 05 20 _ 05 20 E056 18 I 056r 18 2063 16 Boe 16 gont wu Load Mass g0nL wl Load Mass Eosl m mb m osl 12 ein MUR 15kg Z sepu gon NI Bus Ra Bus Sek B167 6 S167 sf B25 4 E25 4 8 50 2 8 so 5 T 05 100 200 300 ys 06 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm 114 lEAC6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 6 Load Mass 1 4 kg __ 1 2 SUO 2 30 kg glo LH 208 S 0 6 amp oo po A ce 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 60 50 E Load Mass A d T E 3g amp 20 a 10 100 0 0 0 10
178. g S9lJ0SS922y JONG UOWIWWOD 92U949J9H e21UU29 Salles Svr sapijs Jeaur pezuojojy A N e gt D e sJ9puljA3 EYAPDO DIT 45 46 System Configuration Built In Controller With Electromagnetic Brake x1 Not supplied An example of a configuration using 1 0 control or RS 485 communication is shown below 2 To be provided by the customer as necessary Accessories Sold separately Cables used for EMC directive evaluation When extending the distance between the motorized actuator When extending the distance between the motorized and the driver without using an included connection cable actuator and the driver using an included connection cable ii For electromagnetic brake For electromagnetic brake Connection Cable Sets Extension Cable Sets Flexible Connection Cable Sets Flexible Extension Cable Sets gt Page 93 gt Page 93 Accessories Sold separately Control Module Data Setting Software Data Setting Software Page 92 or Communication Cable MEXEO2 gt Page 92 gt Page 92 24 VDC Power Supply for Control a ee ge ee Computer EAC Series Motorized Cylinders For Electromagnetic Brake For RS 485 communication For Motor Products are available with a 1 m 2 m or 3 m cable for motor and electromagnetic brake and also without a cable Accessories Sold separately Battery Set Mounting Plat
179. g s 3 otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments 4 ae Tw Pi Motorized Cylinders E Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Me 1 3 My 1 3 M4 0 6 m Static Permissible Moment N m Mp 3 7 My 3 7 Mi 3 0 gt zi product Name Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed o mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s 25 lt EACARW DIUL ARAKU gt H 12 100 70 600 Z EACARW D I I ARMKI I C El EACARW E ARAKL lt EAC4RW ELILI ARAKL O 6 200 125 300 gt EACARW E ARMK C El E DA number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name 3 A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt gt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product m An alphabet G indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box Ed in the product name For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office E Positioning Distance Positioning
180. i of 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm 20 18 Load Mass 16 1 For inching operation 20 mm i 14 4 7 m s 0 5 G 30 kg a S 10 2 8 S 6 lt 4 A o an amun an e an am m ms a pesce Sal td 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Quick responsiveness Using the high responsiveness of the closed loop stepper motor short distance positioning is performed in a short time Closed loop stepper motors operate synchronously with pulse commands and generate high torque with a compact body and offer excellent acceleration performance and response Motor Movement Waveform meg Positioning Completion Signal a pa Product used Product name EASA Lead 12 mm Power Supply Input 200 VAC Operation example Horizontal Transportable Mass No load Inching Drive 60 mm Outbound 3 times 180 mm Inbound once Operating speed 800 mm s Acceleration 20 m s 2 G Outbound m Inbound Actual movement of the motorized linear slide table for the operation command 60 60 60 180 mm mm mm mm Operation y NAN Emm Le T T S Actual ANAN X Movement r 1 a f 4 H 1 Wa Positioning time theoretical value to Speed scale 1000 mm s gt gt Start Signal A Positioning Completion Signal drive 60 mm Tracks the actual drive without o oq delayat1
181. ible Moment N m m gt N D D 77 Me 31 8 My 10 3 Mr 40 6 Me 86 0 My 34 0 Mr 110 0 EET PSZI10 0 Aj DIOdNGENANE Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm s by Stroke mm Horizontal Vertical N N N 50 650 mm 700 mm 750 mm 800 mm 850 mm gt EAS6L I Dl l ARAK O n 12 200 600 550 470 420 360 2 EAS6__ DLILL ARMKL lt gt EAS6_1_ ELILL ARAKL 400 6 300 260 230 200 180 EASOL E ARMK C 360 A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke in the motor installation direction is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box Ll in the product name 3 A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt gt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product a The parentheses indicate specifications for the Side Mounted Type For reading the specifications table and cautions r
182. ic Brake 24VDCPowerSuppy ous nnnc ong Controller Sold separately Immediate Motion Creator for CM SCX Series Software us gt Page 102 24 VDC Power Supply EAS Series Motorized Linear Slide For Electromagnetic Brake T For Motor im Products are available with a 1 m 2 mor3m cable for motor and electromagnetic brake and also without a cable Main Power Supply Accessories Sold separately Sensor Sets General Purpose Cables Connector Terminal Block gt Page 99 gt Page 97 Conversion Units gt Page 97 C The EAS Series employs the AR Series therefore it shares the User s Manual of the AR Series The User s Manual is not included with the product Contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office or download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu Q System Configuration Example Sold Separately Connector Terminal Block Conversion Unit 1 m EAS Series Controller Sensor Set EASAX E050 ARMC 1 The system configuration shown above is an example Other combinations are available suoneoaijioedg m gt wn An D CD 2 S9lJ0SS922y JONG UOWWOD sauas DWI sJaputj p9zi1010 N uone noje uon2ajag 92U949J9H 21UU29 JUI gaun pazMOjonN 23 EAS4 Width 58 4 mm x Height 60 mm Standard Type AC Power Supply Input Maximum Transportable M
183. ic Brake Cable 6 Connector Cover 5557 02R 210 Molex Motor Cable 68 17 6 43025 1000 Molex 43025 0200 Molex 5557 10R 210 Molex Protective Earth Terminal M4 Stroke 300 33 Stroke 265 3 8 J Mechanical Limit Position Mechanical Limit Position 6 Home 4 9 47 1 27 5 80 Stroke 3 Positionining Allowable Range 6 For Electromagnetic Brake S N 1 NA tmi E 1000 02 2x 66 004x5 Deep nx 100 Detail of A Stroke 176 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in four directions amp 2 During the pushing return to home operation the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism 3 For DC power supply input the total length decreases by 0 5 mm 4 When using an accessory sensor the home position differs Motorized Linear Slides Product Name EASM YDL IL JL IARAK EASM6YDLILILIARAC EASM YEL IL TT IARAK EASM YEL IL JL JARAC Single shaft EASM YDL TL TL JARMK EASM6YDLILILIARMC EASM YELTL TL JARMK EASM YEL JL LIARMC With electromagnetic brake Number Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080 085 Stroke 50 100
184. ifferent from the one set by the current value 96 of the driver The installation conditions and the position of the pushing forces also generate differences variations When using check the actual pushing force As a reference the actual pushing force for various current values are shown below OEAC4 lt AC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input seues Sy3 sepiIS Je8ur pezuojo N solas DWF SJoput 5 peziuo10lN 0 Oo 3 3 8 5 E 9 2 S 2 gt 0 0 D o Current 96 o 2i o OEAC6 lt AC Power Supply Input lt gt DC Power Supply Input 800 800 9 Y oq o 600 600 z 3 gt Pushing Force N B um 2 Pushing Force N A e e D p D o 2 9 0D jeoruyo L 0 20 40 60 80 100 Current 96 Current 95 NIEAC Series With Shaft Guide Used GDetermining the Overhung Distance When Used Vertically L a IL M mx a g M Permissible Moment N m a Acceleration m s m Load Weight kg g Gravitational acceleration 9 807 m s L Overhung distance mm Load Center of Gravity 123 124 Rolling Direction Permissible Moment Positioning Distance Static Dynamic NEN NENNEN NEN LL Dynamic 2 5 Permissible Moment N m Permissible Moment N m SES NT Positioning Distance a Positioning Distance al Linear Guide Models for the Motorized Linear Slide Th
185. in the Motorized Cylinder Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 Stroke 50 100 150 300 Mass kg Single Shaft 1 1 1 3 1 5 1 7 1 8 2 0 9 Electromagnetic Brake Type 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 1 9 2 1 For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu OCEACAR Side Mounted Type AC Input DC Input Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 43025 1000 Molex Corien Gover 43025 0200 Molex 5557 02R 210 Molex 5557 10R 210 Molex Connector Cover Motor Cable 8 23 1 97 6 3 For Electromagnetic Brake M14x1 5 106 6 m eo 3 D O D m eo gt E 2 gt I 2 Mechanical Limit Stroke 61 2 4 Position 7 Stroke 4 99 7 2 21 510 23 5 Stroke 3 68 Home Position Positioning Range Installation Plate Foot Type Accessory 10 x em 35 Details of B Installation Plate Flange Type Accessory 4x 6 Thru AL lncluded nut 1 pc M14x1 5 SS WAY S B 60 128 75 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in three directions 2 During the pushing return to home operation the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism The pushing return to home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor 3 For DC power supply input total mo
186. ing 4 OFF 3 ON 10000 pulses suoneoyioedg Resolution Ng PEE NN Select Switch A N E EE 500 pulses D0 D1 4 ON 3 ON 5000 pulses CS0 CS1 The minimum traveling amount of the motorized actuator whose resolution change has been reflected is calculated below 3 D Lead mm NUIT INR ambun pi 1000x Electronic gear B Electronic gear A1 For a detailed explanation of the electronic gear refer to the AR Series User s Manual solas Sy SepiIS Je8ur pezuojo N Switches the control mode from normal mode to current control mode When set to current control mode the synchronization of the motor is lost but the noise and vibration is reduced OFF Normal mode Factory setting ON Current control mode Control Mode 2 Select Switch NORM CCM m POs OF 8 5 c DN Dro nla Switches the pulse input mode between 1 pulse input mode and 2 pulse input mode OFF 2 pulse input mode Factory setting Pulse Input Mode 1 Select Switch O 2P 1P ON 1 pulse input mode S 5 I O Signals Connector CN5 36 pins Indication 0 Pin No Code Signal Name S 1 2 GND Ground Connection 3 ASG gt A oom A Phase Pulse Output Signal Line driver 5 BSG O B Phase Pulse Output Signal Line driver 6 BSG put Signal gt 7 TIMi e 8 TIMI Timing Output Line driver 9 ALM t 0 10 ALM Alarm Outpu s
187. input of the pulse input type lt Connection Diagram for Connection with Current Sink Output Circuit When the Pulse Input is the Line Driver Controller Driver 2 7 kO EN C 33 31 3 A 10ko YK 47210 39 36 KI 200 0 m AT 10kQ V AA H Y 3KO a m 10ka WA E TT 10 KQ YAK X MEETS i 55 10ko VAs lt n T 10ka NAK x ET 10ko NA z 2 3kO uem c 23 100 NAK 3KO 69 w YAKTI lt q 10kO WAS OVV AA 10 mA or less gt 9 i A ay is T 19 A X Y H K AI Se tof NS 7 K 7 K oe NA K Se lt By L tt Ki KA NI tt K MAA DWO OO KA KA 26031 or Equivalent OV NGGONE NG 90 When the Pulse Input is 5 V Controller Driver 5 VDC A 2000 Y Y Al vxo sc K 2 7 KQ 200 Q A 10ka YK NOV When the Pulse Input is 24 V Controller Driver 24 VDC 33 Se pakra S
188. ioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm 116 EAC4 Standard Type With Shaft Guide With cover AC Power Supply Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 2 Load Mass 1 0 0kg E 75K 0 8 777 SK Positioning Time s ce o 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Operating Speed kHz E Load Mass S kg B Leet E a5 iG Ce 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 83 ce PUEDES EAC4 Standard Type With Shaft Guide With cover AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm o Acceleration m s ONO OO ND fF ce 100 200 Positioning Distance mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 1 8 Load Mass 0kg T 6 15kg 514 30 kg 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Operating Speed kHz 700 Load Mass
189. ist Horizontall z lt f ositionin Istance Horizonta lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation CO Vertical Direction Installation 9 y M i Transportable Mass 9 Load Mass Load Mass m 0 kg i 0 kg Overhung distance gt _ 12777 15kg 12 0mm 30kg Ca 9 E90 ITO 10 a 100 mm o D 20 8 208 06 06 E g 04 04 0 2 0 2 S e 5 00 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 0p 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation l l l l nt a Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied t E i ENES Wb ves with load and can transport the load Refer to the above graph for so 0kg 0kg the horizontally transportable mass BRL 9 0 eed Load Center P 60 kg P 2e kg of Gravity E 1 5 E ry 2 220 gm S 10 S 5 E 7 Overhung amp 10 Home Position distance 0 5 Positioning Distance Ne The positioning distance is the distance from the home 10 300 09 100 200 300 position Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion from the load installation surface The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a Settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less
190. istance mm Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 700 60 600 liis ys 60 600 Main po Ten L 15kg ay eal 58kg e EM SEN 115kg Z 40 g 400 8 40 g 400 2 Z goo 2 2 goo Eoo amp 200 Eoo amp 200 10 100 10 100 E MS 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 05 20 _ 05r E056 18 0 56 2063 16 2 0 63 e07 714 Load Mass 207 S anl kg j ee gos Em vem gos E B 10t 10 30kg 4 E 10 B12 35 B12 S167 2 6 8167 6 E25 4 E25 4 S 50 2 8 50 2 lt H lt H a 100 200 300 ys 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm EAC4 Standard Type With Shaft Guide With cover 24 VDC Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 2 Load Mass 1 0 0kg 725 KG 0 8L 77 7 15kg Positioning Time s ce o 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 60 Fs E EE 8 al 2 Load Mass B20 amp 20047 mb js 10b 100 Eo
191. ith the following application for 1 minute No abnormality is found with the following application for 1 minute Between the case and the motor sensor windings 1 5 KVAC 50 Hz or Between the case and the motor sensor windings 1 0 kVAC 50 Hz or Dielectric Strength 60 Hz 60 Hz Between the case and the electromagnetic brake windings 1 5 kKVAC Between the case and the electromagnetic brake windings 1 0 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz 50 Hz or 60 Hz Operating Ambient Temperature 0 4 50 C non freezing Environment Ambient Humidity 85 or less non condensing In operation Atmosphere Use in an area without corrosive gases and dust The product should not be exposed to water oil or other liquids Degree of Protection 2 IP54 Excluding motor connector IP20 x1 0 40 C for motorized cylinders 2 Motor only Do not perform the insulation resistance test and the insulation pressure resistance test if the motorized cylinder motor and driver are connected G Electromagnetic Brake Specification DC Power Supply Input tem EAC EAC Electromagnetic Brake Power Supply Input 24 VDC 5 2 0 08 A or more 24 VDC 5 2 0 25 A or more 1 For the pulse input type a separate power supply for the electromagnetic brake is also required 2 If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable sold separately the 24 VDC 2 496 specification applies suoneaiioadg uone no e uon2oja
192. itioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 60 600 60 Fst 500 Ws E Load Mass E Load Mass 340 g 400 Ser FN S 0k aol 2 75kg oag 2 3kg pof zm Eod 8 E css GK amp 20 S 200 amp 20 10 100 10 700 200 300 x 700 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 45 22 0 45 T 05r 20 05 2056 18 2 056 m g 0 637 z 16 Load Mass g 0 63 Load Mass Eon 14 0kg4 Bor a Soest g12 g 0 83 ak 0 10 eae 10 SiL 8 8 812i eee gio lt omm TT S 1 67 5 25 4 5 25 8 50 2 8 50 lt s lt of o 300 9 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm EAC4 Side Mounted Type With Shaft Guide With cover AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 2 0 3 0 T 1 8 Load Mass Load Mass 15kg 5 8kg a 1 4 1 30 kg Zool 11 5 kg E12 210 E S 08 5 06 2t 0 4 0 2 0 100 200 300 00 100 200 300 Positioning D
193. ive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Product Name Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EAC6R DI I ARAKI E EAC6R DEL ARMKL O a 2 4 2 0 EAC R DL T ARMKL O i wW ET 00 00 00 60 EAC R EL T I ARAKC O EAC R E T ARMKC O 6 wi 30 360 500 360 300 DA number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box D in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office Positioning Distance Positioning time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Refer to page 116 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 1 2 Load Mass TRU 15kg 90 kg c co ce Positioning Time s ce o 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 2 0 Load Mas
194. ized linear slide motorized cylinder to prevent them from becoming too large 4 At 0 Time Difference in Characteristics Due to Velocity Filter Teaching Function You can perform teaching Move the load to the target position and store the position data at this time as the positioning data 1 0 Monitoring You can check the ON OFF status of the 1 0 signals Waveform Monitoring 2 You can check the operating speed and 1 0 signals as a waveform The data setting software MEXEO2 can be downloaded from the website For details please contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office or the Customer Service Center k 1 Setting is performed using the data setting software MEXEQ2 or the separately sold data setting device OPX 2A or by various communications 2 Setting is performed using the data setting software MEXEO2 11 12 Easy Operation Pulse Input Type The data setting software and the data setting device sold separately can be used to perform operations according to your needs such as changing the parameters displaying the alarm history and performing various types of monitoring Basic Setting Factory Setting Motorized Linear Slide Driver Driver Features Extended Settings P T Test Operation Alarm History A F eag Ee zh Parameter Changing P Data setting software MEXEO2 Monitoring or LLLA ae Control Module Data Co
195. lation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time ePositioning Distance Operating Speed 70r RA c1 ce ce T T co ce T Operating Speed kHz 10 0 9 0 8 0 e 7 0 Load Mass a 0kg 3 15kg ra conc SOKO zt z JZ Sat 4T 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Positioning Distance mm 700 800 700 600 Load Mass 0kg 15kg 30kg Operating Speed mm s 100 200 300 400 500 600 Positioning Distance mm 700 800 e Positioning Distance Acceleration 1 0r 257 67r 25r 5 0 Acceleration deceleration rate ms kHz Acceleration m s Load Mass 0kg 15kg 90 kg 100 200 300 400 500 60 Positioning Distance mm 700 800 950 650 600 700 550 750 470 800 420 850 360 Stroke mm lt Max Speed by Stroke Maximum Speed mm s 90 650 300 700 260 750 230 800 200 850 180 If used at an operating speed of 150 mm or more acceleration is 2 17 m s or less EAC4 Standard Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 2 Load Mass 1 0 0kg 75kg 0 8L 7 15 kg Positioning Time s ce o 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm
196. le mass iba kg 3 0 77 14 kg Load Center Ca 60 kg v 28 kg of Gravity o D E15 E E S10 S 75 E Overhung amp a Home Position distance 0 5 Positioning Distance Ne The positioning distance is the distance from the home 100 200 300 300 position Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion from the load installation surface The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a Settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function gt The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 70 Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Operating Speed mm s EAC6RW Frame Size 60 mm x 156 mm AC Power Supply Input Side Mounted Type with Shaft Guide With cover Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 28 kg p 3 Stroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Ze B Motorized Cylinders E Dri
197. m ci 30kg 2 15kg P o m Ee Neo 220 o o eh pL S D 215 o0 D 1 0 E 0 5 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 m Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm gt 9 OSOL e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed OO Max Speed by Stroke oas 90r 900 90r 900 Stroke mm Maximum Speed mm s 206 5i i 50 600 800 0r 0r A 60 z 6 650 640 g 50 Load Mass g 5 700 550 A 0k amp E40 EN E40 750 470 E 30 30kg 4 S 30 Load Mass o B B SK 800 420 gka 850 360 E 10 10 15kg 4 0 0 oL 0 PA 2 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration _ 05 20 _ 05 20 9 I 056 18 Load Mass I056 18 Load Mass o 2063 16 mu 063 16 mu gont gn Eg i5 F gont gi caa Ga D 50 83 12 50 83 12 i toL S10 E toL 810 8125 8 8125 S sm 5167 2 6 m 167 o B 25 4 Eas 4 e a d S o E 5 0 2 E 50 2 oo O j 06 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 di 06 100 200 300 400 500 000 700 800 zi Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm o 5 lEAS6 Standard Type Side Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 6 mm Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time D 2 a 3
198. n For motorized linear slides Sensor rails are equipped on both sides of the motorized linear slide The position of the sensor that is included in the sensor set sold separately can be secured The sensor cable can be stored within the rail In addition the the shield plate included in the sensor set can be installed on the drive table for the X table type Photo is an installation example of the X table type For the Y table type a shield plate needs to be installed on the load side Olnstallation of Motorized Cylinders Motorized Cylinders EAC Series can be installed using the following methods m Installation on Front Surface m Installation on Front Surface m Side Surface Installation m Side Surface Installation Installation plate flange type Sold Direct installation Installation plate foot type Sold Direct installation separately separately JA RAN PS JE 5 Installation Plate Flange Type Installation Plate Foot Type 126 Actuators DGII Series amp DRLII Series Hollow Rotary Actuators DGII Series Features The DGII Series uses the highly efficient and energy saving Qs7er AR Series as the motor of the hollow rotary actuator In addition to the pulse input type a highly functional built in controller type that supports and increases system configuration flexibility is also available Closed Loop Q High Precision Positioning High Efficiency Large Hollow Shaft Prod
199. n Mp Rolling Direction Mr P RS x Acceleration a m s gt AMp m a Lz4 h o i AMv m a Lv 2 BE Yawing Direction Mv AMr m g Lv Mp My Mr MP AMA AM JAMAL AMA a Mp My Mr Mp AMp m g Lz h AMp m g Lz h AMp m g Lz h m a Lz h m a Lz h Load Center of Gravity m a Lz h AMv m g Lv lt M Yawing a M Load Center of Gravity AM 1 Direction t m a Lv A MP MP My Me S c eee ok Pitching A Mp AMy Pitching Direction Mp Pitching Direction Me pco Direction MP Ya M xc Acceleration Acceleration Acceleration a m s a m s a m s Pitching Direction Mp 7 Load Center of Gravity P wiif A Poling AMe m a Lz h in 7 AMp m a Lz h AMp m lt a Lz h MAT pL M AMv m a Lv MZ E AMv m g Lx z 2min AA ease LE Si rage a AMr m g Lz h Load Center of Gravity AMBROS ERU c4 Mey on AMR megari zi Acceleration a m s M Acceleration a m s Acceleration a m s P MR Mp My Mr MP Mv Mn AMA AMA a AMA AM JAM La AMA a JAMAL Mp MR Mp My Mr Mp My Mr The expected life of the linear guide of motorized linear slides and motorized cylinders with shaft guide only is designed according to the reference life for each series However when the load factor of the load moment for the calculated static and dynamic permissible moment or maximum load moment is 1 or more the expected life distance is below How much of the expected life distance can be checked in the formula below Expected life
200. n Position Operation during All Windings On Set whether or not to return to the excitation position deviation O position during all windings on xz Q Enable Disable Alarm Code Signal Enable Disable Set to output the code when an alarm occurs e END Output Signal Range Setting The END output signal range can be changed e END Output Signal Offset The END output signal value can be offset e A B Phase Output This can be used to confirm the position of the moving part e D Timing Output Signal This is output each time the motor rotates 7 2 e e Applies a filter to the operation command to control the motor action e O Velocity Filter Setting l You can change the value corresponding to each of 0 F 16 levels for the setting switch e This can be set to suppress resonant vibration during rotation Vibration Suppression Function for Normal Mode This can be set to suppress vibration during acceleration and deceleration and when stopped Q Adjusts the position and speed loop gain e Adjusts the speed integration time constant e Gain Adjustment for Current Control Mode Sets the damping control vibration frequency e Sets whether to enable or disable damping control e Selection of Motor Excitation Position at Power On The motor excitation position for when the power is on can be selected e Select whether to use symbols or an absolute value display for the speed display of the control module e
201. netic Brake Type 4 0 4 4 4 8 For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu suoneaiioadg Salles Svr sapijs Jeaur pezuojojy A N D D e uone noje uon2ejag S9lJ0SS922y JONG uouluo 92U949J9H 21UU29 sJ9puljA3 EYAPDO DIT 67 68 EAC4W Standard Type with Shaft Guide with Shaft Guide Cover Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 H Connector Cover 5557 02R 210 Molex 400 AC Input Mechanism Limit Position With Shaft Cover Stroke 71 Stroke 14 DC Input Motor Cable 68 5557 10R 210 Molex J 43025 1000 Molex 43025 0200 Molex co 18 5 Home Position Protective Earth Terminal M4 Stroke 224 5 2 3 32 5 Stroke 4 3 Stroke 194 9 2 Positioning Range For Electromagnetic Brake l 97 6 3 68 3 Stroke 61 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in four directions ONONE Q 4 7 8xM5 90 10 Mechanical Limit 29 Position 2 g0 x4 Deep 35 Refer to A section 2 During the pushing return to home operation the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism The pushing return to home operation cannot be performe
202. ng plate 7 The screws needed for installation are also included The product name varies depending on the table type the motorized linear cylinder model and the sensor output z mm ec p 9 a WO Product Line Specifications og eh pL ao 3 G For X Table Type NPN Type S Applicable Product Sensor Output Product Name Item Product Name EE SX674A OMRON NPN PAES S AX Power Supply Voltage 5 24 VDC 10 Ripple P P 10 or less EASA BOs PNP PAES SY 4X Current Consumption 35 mA or less nso oasxs 3 0 M NPN PAES S 6X EE NPN Open Collector Output 5 24 VDC 100 mA or less 206 EAS PNP PAES SY 6X p Residual Voltage 0 8 V or less At load current of 100 mA Logic Normally Open Normally Closed Oo A o For Y Table Type Selectable depending on connection 3 Applicable Product Sensor Output Product Name Indicator LED Detection Display Red S U NPN PAES S 4Y E EASA D PNP PAES SY 4Y OPNP Type Item Product Name EE SX674R OMRON NPN PAES S 6Y EAS6 Power Supply Voltage 5 24 VDC 10 Ripple P P 10 PNP PAES SY 6Y Current Consumption 30 mA or less seuosse00V PNP Open Collector Output 5 24 VDC 50 mA or less Residual Voltage 1 3 V or less At load current of 50 mA Control Output Normally Open Normally Closed TE Selectable depending on connection Indicator LED Detection Display Red Q D oO co me m ENG o 57 Dimensions for Sensor Installation Position unit mm The following ref
203. ng the Control Power Supply To separate the main power supply and control power supply prepare a 24 VDC power supply The control power supply is not mandatory 24 VDC Power Supply 24 VDC 5 Connector for CN1 AWG28 16 0 08 1 25 mm T E eee Connected to CN2 Cable Included Ps Motor Cable eThree Phase 200 230 VAC Connector for CN3 Three Phase200 230 VAC 50 60 Hz onnected to N3 of driver lt Connecting the Electromagnetic Brake Prepare a 24 VDC power supply The main power supply and control power supply are separated in this case too Connector for CN1 24 VDC Power Supply AWG28 16 0 08 1 25 mm pe 24V 24V 24 VDC 5 Cable Included Connected to CN2 Black MB1 White MB2 Cable Included Electromagnetic Brake Cable Motor Cable lf the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable sold separately the 24 VDC 4 specification applies C
204. ning Distance Positioning time zi Maximum Transportable The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Mass in Horizontal Refer to page 118 for operating speed and acceleration Direction 912 mm Lead Positioning Dist Horizontall C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation V Positioning Distance Horizontally i5 re Transportable Mass Load Mass m Ole 3kg X ce Overhung distance mm 50mm 100 mm eo co Positioning Time s e o Positioning Time s e o Horizontal Transferrable Mass kg 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation ONVertical Direction Installation M M PTOUUGIS with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied 1a ES TAN with load and can transport the load Refer to the above graph for gl 0k 0k the horizontally transportable mass ww 1 4 x r Ca MM i Load Center E A g 22 0 11 5 kg of Gravity 1 2 E 210 E a ET S 08 S E E 0 6 E Home Position eng 0 4 Positioning Distance 0 2 ses The positioning distance is the distance from the home 1
205. ning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the applicable stroke Refer to page 106 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient 1 2 Load Mass Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation 0kg 7 5 kg Load Mass kg 7 5 kg 15kg k ce oo Positioning Time s ce o Positioning Time s 0 4 0 2 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation Positioning Time Coefficient 3 0 Load Mass kg kg 14kg Load Mass Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Stroke mm n on I o 950 500 1 0 ck ce Y Positioning Time s n ANU a 0 5 emot m T c pL epp mM NN VA 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use
206. nstallation 1 4 Load Mass 1 2 0 kg 90 kg 1 0 2ps 60 kg o o oO O Positioning Time s o IN 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Note ONVertical Direction Installation 2 0 Load Mass kg 1 5 7 775 kg 15 kg Positioning Time s o 0 5 0 100 200 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 2 0 Load Mass kg 15 15kg Positioning Time s o Positioning Distance mm The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function gt The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less zOperating Speed Thrust Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Operating Speed mm s Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 66 EAC6R Frame Size 60 mm x 60 mm AC Power Supply Input side Mounted Type Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 30 kg 3 3 otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments DP b Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 ENE Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EAC6R D ARALT O EAC6R D ARM iu 5 200 400 200 600 EAC6R EDD ARAD 5 gt EAC R E L ARMI O 6 wi 30
207. o M18x1 e 2 60 Installation Plate 86 Foot T J H H Installation Plate Flange Type 33 1 2 Included Nut 1 pc Accessory 4x 7 Thru 12 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in four directions 2 During the pushing return to home operation the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism The pushing return to home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor 3 For DC power supply input total motor length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft models and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type Motorized Cylinder Product Name EACM DI IL IARAK EACM EL IL ARAK EACM DI IL JARAC EACM6EL IL JARAC Single shaft EACM6 DL IL IARMK EACM EL IL IARMK EACM6DLILIARMC EACM EL IL JARMC With electromagnetic brake Numbers Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 Mass kg Single Shaft 2 6 3 0 3 4 3 7 4 5 Electromagnetic Brake Type 2 9 3 3 3 7 40o 44 4 8 For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu OCEACOG6R Side Mounted Type kFor AC Input kFor DC Input Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 Connector Cover 5557 02R 210 Molex
208. omagnetic Brake Electromagnetic brake type only Cable Type Length L m kan Driver Side Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 1 m 1 co Molex Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 2 m 2 o di Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 3 m 3 Motorized Linear Slide and Driver Combinations The product names for motorized linear slide and driver combinations are shown below GBuilt In Controller Type lt Standard Type Electromagnetic Brake Product Name Motorized Linear Slide Product Name EASAX E ARAL D O EASMAXEL IL IT JARAEJ EASAX DL I ARAL ID O EASMAXDLTL TL JARAEJ EASAY EL ARAL ID EASMAYEL T TL JARAEJ Not EASAY D ARALDD O EASMAYDLT IL JARAEJ equipped EAS6X E ARALID O EASM XELILTILIARATS EAS6X DL I ARALID O EASM XDL IL TL IARAEJ EAS6Y E ARAL ID EASM YEL T TL JARAEJ EAS6Y D ARALID EASM YDLTL TL IARAES EASAX EL LL ARML ID O EASMAXEL TL TL JARMEJ EASAX DL I ARMLID O EASMAXDL IL TL JARMES EASAY E ARMLID O EASMAYEL ILL JARMES euuipoed EASAY D ARML D O EASMAYDLIL TL JARMES EAS6X E_ILILI ARMLID EASM XEL IL TL JARMEJ EAS6X DL I ARML ID O EASM XDL IL TL IJARMES EAS6Y E ARML ID O EASM YELILILIARMEJ EAS6Y D ARML D O EASM6YDL IL TL JARMES C Side Mounted Type Electromagnetic Brake Not equipped Equipped Product Name Motorized Linear
209. on Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion from the load installation surface The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function C The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Dimensions Motorized Cylinders Page 69 Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Thrust N 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s 59 60 EAC6W Frame Size 60 mm x 156 mm AC Power Supply Input standard Type with Shaft Guide With cover Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 28 kg P Stroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Mp 2 2 My 2 2 Mg 1 3 Static Permissible Moment Nem Mp 7 8 My 7 8 Mp 3 0 Prade NGAME Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EAC6W DI J ARALT O El EAC6W DI ARMLT O El EAC6W E I ARALI C El EAC6W E ARML I C El A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box in the produ
210. on Installation Vertical Direction Installation ES 77800 EA ES Okg 30kg 60kg Okg 15kg 30 kg Fm zx 2 25 50 550 10 10 10 10 10 10 E Z 220 z 600 1 1 1 TE Ti ti AR 30 810 Z Sis 650 0 10 aa m Sam 7100 1 0 i UE z 750 Tol r 6 800 1 3 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 000 700 800 850 1 4 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Transportable Mass Dimensions During Horizontal Installation During Vertical Installation amp Motorized Linear Slides Acceleration of 3 m s Acceleration of 2 m s 5 Pages 34 37 Lead 1 a lead Lead 1 a aleada Load Mass kg Load Mass kg 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Operating Speed mm s Operating Speed mm s EAS6 Width 75 4 mm x Height 83 mm Semadi 24 VDC Input Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 30 kg 2 3 stroke 50 to 850 mm 50 mm increments p P Le i Er 7 Motorized Linear Slide Specifications Drive System Ball Screw Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment N m Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Traveling Parallelism mm 0 03 Static Permiss
211. on Resistance Between the case and motor sensor windings Between the case and electromagnetic brake windings No abnormality is found with the following application for 1 minute No abnormality is found with the following application for 1 minute Dielectric Strength Between the case and motor sensor windings 1 5 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz Between the case and motor sensor windings 1 0 KVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz Case Electromagnetic Brake Windings 1 5 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz Case Electromagnetic Brake Windings 1 0 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz Operating Ambient Temperature 0 50 C non freezing Environment In Ambient Humidity 85 or less non condensing operation Atmosphere Use in an area without corrosive gases and dust The product should not be exposed to water oil or other liquids Degree of Protection 2 IP65 Excluding motor connector IP20 x1 0 40 C for the motorized linear slide 2 Motor only Do not perform the insulation resistance test and the insulation pressure resistance test if the motorized cylinder motor and driver are connected G Electromagnetic Brake Specification DC Power Supply Input tem oo a EASG Electromagnetic Brake Power Supply Input 24 VDC 5 2 0 08 A or more 24 VDC 5 2 0 25 A or more 1 For the pulse input type a separate power supply for the electromagnetic brake is also required 2 If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable
212. oning Distance Acceleration 0 5 20 0 5 20 X 056r 18 Load Mass Z 0 56 18 Load Mass 2063 16P n 2063 16 mE 207 314 Es gont 14 ER 0 83 12 0 83 12 S 0 S10 S 10 S10 o c f o c f E125 3 8 81 25 3 8 167 3 6 167 2 6 5 2 5 4 E 2 5 4 SE 8 50 2 8 50 Veces pepe e SSE O 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 D O 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm lt Max Speed by Stroke Stroke mm Maximum Speed mm s 90 550 600 600 550 650 460 700 400 In the graphs above the values for the operating speeds kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0 01 mm JOALIGQ UOWWOD seules JVJ solas SWI suoneoiuioedg sJepuri o sepils peziuo10lN Jeaur pezuo1olN seuosseooy Q O s D ct O 5 uonoejeg ooueJ49JoH Jeoiuuoo 107 108 EAS4 Standard Type 24 VDC Input Lead 6 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time ePositioning Distance Positioning Time 3 0 10 0 L Load Mass Load Mass 2 5 edes OK k _ bakah Sik B 7kg Zon 30kg CN 26 0 E
213. oning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 3 0 Load Mass Load Mass kg 2 5 O0kg 15kg Lo 63kg 220 12 5 kg L E ZA r g15 z S z B10 a 0 5 5 0 0 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm 70 70 60 60 50 T5 E o 840r g 40 g D F 7 2 SEDE 230k S Load Mass _ amp 391 2 S E 0kg S 45 Zool 5 m Bool E Load Mass gt 30 kg o 0k 10 100 10 1004 63kg 125kg j Mia 200 300 400 500 600 700 i O00 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 m 0 5 T oad Mass D Load Mass ad B a0 Eka 0 63 15kg 4 0 63 6 3kg goi y 30kg egoi y 12 5 kg 5 0 83 5083 E E 10 8 E 10 8 o e I 815b 0 5125 5167 2 6 Si S167 2 6 5 25 4 25 4 ee 8 50 2 8 50 0 0 0 0 200 300 4 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 100 200 300 400 500 6
214. onnection Diagram For pulse input type DC power supply input C Connections with Peripheral Equipment Included with product Driver Sold separately as accessories Control Module OPX 2A gt Data setting software MEXEO2 gt ARD K z m aj O powER C 2 LM O ALARM Q as z z c a SS Connect to CN4 V Connect to CN5 FG Ie DC24 GND AC Power Noise Filter DC Power Supply Not supplied Supply General Purpose Cable or Connector Terminal Block Conversion Units Controller Not supplied Connect to CN2 Cable Included Motorized Actuators PE 3 1 If including a connection cable either a 1 m 2 m or 3 m cable is included If you need cables longer than 3 m or flexible cables select appropriate cables from the accessories sold separately Keep the wiring distance between the motorized actuator and driver to 30 m or shorter 2 The control 1 0 connector CN5 is included with the product but you can also purchase an accessory general purpose cable or connector terminal block conversion unit sold separately Choose one or the other 3 Ground to the PE terminal of the motor or at the plate used to install the motorized actuator Connecting the Main Power Supply Furnish the following cable for the power supply lines
215. ontal Vertical N N N mm s EACAR D ARALT C E EAC4R DOL ARM G ins 3 70 100 70 600 EACAR E ARALT C EAC4R E__ ARMLL 6 nes 125 125 200 125 300 A N D D e sJ9puljA3 EYAPDO DIT Co o A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name E A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box L in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product gt For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positioning Distance Positioning time s c The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance 2 Refer to page 112 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation CO Vertical Direction Installation cp 12 1 2 3 Load Mass Load Mass e 1 0 0kg 1 0 0kg Co _ 7 5kg _ 3 5kg Pa 08 E E Si 206 206 204 2 04 r 3 02 0 2 g z 700 200 300 100 200 300 T Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm D 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation Load Mass Mg 6 3kg Load Mass kg 15kg 30 kg
216. or Signal Connector CN5 Indication Pin No Signal Name Initial Value 1 LS Side Limit Sensor Input 2 LS Side Limit Sensor Input CN5 3 HOMES Mechanical Home Sensor Input 4 SLIT Slit Sensor Input 5 IN COM2 Common for Sensors 9 24 VDC Input Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Electromagnetic Brake Terminals CN1 Indication 1 0 Terminal Name Description aL eed ja a EH eel The power supply for the driver control circuit Always connect when using 24V 24 VDC Power Input Terminal THI Input Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Terminal Connect the accessory sold separately regeneration unit RGB100 TH2 Regeneration Unit Thermal Input When not connecting a regeneration unit short these 2 terminals to each other Terminal ied ou a L oe For an electromagnetic brake actuator connect the electromagnetic brake line here MB2 Power Electromagnetic Brake Terminal f 78 Driver Part Names and Functions Built in controller type DC power supply input RS 485 Communication Connector CN7 RS 485 Communication Connector CN6 A Function Switch SW3 Driver Top Signal Monitor Indication Signal Monitor Display N Unit Setting Switch SW1 Control Module Connector CN3 Co Baud Rate Setting Switch SW2 Battery Connector CN4 o Output Signal Connector CN9 Motor Connector CN
217. otor output shaft rotates in CW direction and the table rod moves to the opposite side For the RVS input signal The motor output shaft rotates in CCW direction and the table rod moves to the motor side For the side mounted type the motor installation direction is reverse and thus the table rod moves to the opposite of the direction described above oouoJ49JoH Jeoiuuoo 6 Output Signal Connector CN9 Indication Pin No Signal Name Initial Value 1 OUTO HOME P Output when the motorized actuator is in the home position 2 OUT1 END Output when the positioning operation is completed CNO 3 OUT2 AREA1 Output when the motorized actuator is within the range of area 1 4 OUT3 READY Output when the driver is ready for operation 5 OUT4 WNG Outputs the warning status for the driver 6 OUT5 ALM Outputs the alarm status for the driver normal close You can set functions to assign by specifying parameters Initial values are shown above For details refer to the AR Series User s Manual The following output signals can be assigned to output terminals OUTO to OUT5 Output Signals 0 Not used 9 MS1_R 33 R1 42 R10 51 M3 R 67 READY 1 FWD R 10 MS2_R 34 R2 43 R11 52 M4 R 68 MOVE 2 RVS_R 11 M 3 R 35 R3 44 R12 53 M5_R 69 END 3 HOME_R 12 MS4_R 36 R4 45 R13 60 LS_R 70 HOME P 4 START_R 13 MS5_R 37 R5 46 R14 61 LS R 71 TLC 5 SSTART R 16 FREE R 38 R6 47 R15 62 HOMES R 72 TIM 6 JOG R 17
218. p Motorized Cylinders Driver semang y OPX 2A ay The data setting software can be downloaded from the website Main Additional Functions with Extended Settings tem VENIEN Basic Extended Setting Settings 1 pulse input mode or 2 pulse input negative logic mode can be selected e In addition to the normal settings the phase difference input can also be set Selection of Pulse Input Mode e 1 pulse input mode positive logic negative logic E e e 2 pulse input mode positive logic negative logic e Phase difference input 1 multiplication 2 multiplication 4 multiplication The resolution can be selected with a function switch DO D1 CSO CS1 e e Resolution Setting The value of the electronic gear corresponding B e to each function switch DO D1 CS0 CS1 can be changed The running current setting can be changed with the current setting switch CURRENT eo e Running Current Setting You can change the value corresponding to each of 0 F 16 levels for the current setting switch CURRENT e Standstill Current Ratio Setting The ratio of the standstill current relative to the running current can be set e DRE Na OU a a The travel coordinates for the moving parts can be set O The input signal for the excitation of the motor e e All Windings On Signal C ON input The logic of the C ON input during power supply input can be set e Return to Excitatio
219. pplication Check the static moment when the load moment is applied to the stopped motorized linear slide and the motorized cylinder with shaft guide only and compare it with the static permissible moment or the maximum load moment Rolling Direction Mr Load Center of Gravity Moment is not generated T Q o Mn Me AMr m g Ly AMA lt 1 AMp m g Lx A Me lt 1 Mr Me AMp m g Lz h AMp m lt g Lz h AMp m g Lz h AMv m g Lv Load Center of Gravity IAM ze IAM T S Load Center of Gravity MP Load Center JAMAL AM lt Me S of Gravity Mi Mp My y o Pitching Direction Mp Yawing AE MB Pitching Direction Mp Direction My AMr m lt g Lz h AMr m g Lz h AMv m g Lx AMn m g Lz4 h JAM IH Load ORI Load Center R a Yawing Direction My E ravity A MY A Mal of Gravity M AU 22 lt 1 D Mv Mr o zi Rolling Direction Ma Load Center of Gravity Concept of Dynamic Moment Application When the load moment is applied during the operation of the motorized linear slide and the motorized cylinder with shaft guide only take into account the acceleration and check that the dynamic moment is not exceeded and compare it with the dynamic permissible moment or the maximum load moment Pitching Direction Mr Load Center of Gravity Pitching Direction Me Peres Pitching Directio
220. protected thereby improving the safety of the device It also helps prevent the spattering of grease on the shaft guide and also prevent the intrusion of foreign matter into linear bushing Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series Pages 18 to 39 Motorized Cylinders EAC Series Pages 40 to 73 Common Driver Pages 74 to 91 Accessories Pages 92 to 102 Selection Calculation Pages 103 to 122 Technical Reference Pages 123 to 127 Amazing Design Multi movement ability performance regardless of operating conditions Supporting a wide range of speeds and loads From low to high speed and from low to high load these high performance motorized linear slides and motorized cylinders have become easier to use High speed drive even with different weight High speed drive is possible from light loads to heavy loads even during inching operation Product used Product name EAS6 Lead 6 mm Power Supply Input 200 VAC Operation example 500 Transportable Mass 15 kg Hol Positioning Distance 500 mm Drive Direction Vertical High speed drive with heavy load Capable of a high speed drive when transporting a heavy load vertically Transportable Mass 15 kg Positioning Distance 500 mm Positioning Time 1 77 s Operating speed 320 mm s Acceleration 1 5 m s 0 15 G
221. r limit A a When the positioning deviation has exceeded the overflow rotation amount Initial value 3 rotations Overflow during When all winding on was performed even though the positioning deviation during all windings off was above the permissible value All Windings Off Initial Value 100 rotations or more 5 Overcurrent Protection An excessive current has flowed through the inverter power component inside the driver Power Supply Circuit Error When the power line of a motorized actuator is disconnected 7 Operating Data Error When a return to electrical home operation was performed when an operating data error warning occurred Electronic Gear Setting Error When the resolution set by the electronic gear is outside the range of the specifications Sensor Error during Operation When an abnormality has occurred in a sensor while the motorized actuator is rotating 8 Sensor Error during Initialization When the main power supply was turned on before the motor cable was connected to the driver Initial Rotor Revolution Error When the main power supply was turned on while the motorized actuator was operating Motor Combination Error A motor that cannot be combined with the other components was connected 9 EEPROM Error When a control parameter has failed Current Setting Switch Indication CURRENT Indication V FIL 84 Switch Name Current Setting Switch 3 Velocity Filter Setting Switch Switch Name Velocity Filter
222. s kg 90 kg Positioning Time s o Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 2 5 Load Mass 0kg Lm 75kg a E15 22 gt S10 2 0 5 o 300 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 4 0 Load Mass kg i 80 15kg Duct 30kg T 220 5 E 1 0 a 300 Positioning Distance mm OThe positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function OThe starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Operating Speed mm s Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 67 suoneaiioadg saos Svr sapijs Jeaur pezuojoj A N D D e uomejno e uon2ajes S9l10SS929V J A 1q uoulUJ02 sJ9puljA3 EYAPDO DIT 92U949J9H e21UU29 59 EACAW Frame Size 42 mm x 114 mm AC Power Supply Input standard Type with Shaft Guide With cover Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 13 kg otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment N m Static Permissible Moment N m Mp 1 3 My 1 3 Mp 0 6 Mp 3 7 My 3 7 Mp 3 0 are Transportable Mass kg Thrust
223. s Operating Speed Thrust Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Thrust N 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Operating Speed mm s Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 64 EACAR Frame Size 42 mm x 42 mm 24 VDC Input side Mounted Type Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 12 5 kg otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Product Name Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s EACAR D ARAKL C CEACAR DLT ARMKE 7 1 7 EAC4R D_L ARMKL lt i 5 3 0 00 0 600 EACAR E ARAKI C EACAR E 1 ARMKCE O f 799 28 125 200 125 300 DA number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box LJ in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office Positioning Distance Positioning time
224. s kHz and acceleration deceleration rates ms kHz are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0 01 mm Positioning Distance mm 111 112 EAC4 Side Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 2 I Load Mass 1 0 aka MOK 75kg 0 8K 7 7 15 kg Positioning Time s ce o 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 60 600 T 50 500 z LE g 40 400 Load Mass amp B mus E30 300 M B TR ds amp 20r E 200 10 100 0 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Acceleration 0 45 22 05 20 20 56 18 2063 16 Eon 14 eT E 2083 E 12 p gu 125 8 8 S167 6 5 25 4 9 8 50 2 lt E oL 0 ce ce n2 ce ce 300 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 2 I Load Mass 1 0 0Okg zik 08 7kg E E 5 E 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 60 600 T 50 500 E Eg g 40 400 Load Mass B 5 oko E30 S 300 E s I 5 Wah amp 20r a 2
225. s been simplified The setting is performed using the data setting software Basic Setting Factory Setting Motorized Linear Slide A r Features Operating Data Setting Parameter Change Ts Data Setting Driver X Test Operation data setting device sold separately or by RS 485 a il AAA Alarm History communication i Data setting software MEXEO2 gr Parameter Changing Operation Types or ae Monitorin Motorized Cylinders Driver saee Control Module For the built in controller type the operating speed and traveling amount of the motorized linear slide and motorized cylinder are set with operating data and operation is performed according to the selected operating data eee Data Copy gt ka ge Ae ore a Settings using RS 485 communication are also available The data setting software can be downloaded from the website irra A Item Description 1 0 Control Control Method Network converter connection Modbus RTU protocol connection Setting with operating data number Command range for each point 8388608 8388607 step Setting Unit 1 step Setting with operating data number Command Range 0 1000000 Hz Setting Unit 1 Hz RS 485 Communication Position Command Input Speed Command Input Common Set with the operating data number or parameter Acceleration Deceleration You can select
226. s for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office Positioning Distance Positioning time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Refer to page 116 for operating speed and acceleration 12 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 1 2 Load Mass 1 00 0kg NI 0 8 90 kg Positioning Time s ce o Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 2 0 Load Mass kg 30 kg 60 kg Positioning Time s o in o on 00 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 2 5 Load Mass kg ES coc KANG E15 ke c S10 3 0 5 0 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 4 0 Load Mass kg 3 0 Positioning Time s PO e The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust 200 300 400 500 Operating Speed mm s Positioning Distance mm Dimensions Motorized Cylinders Page 66 EAC6R Frame Size 60 mm x 60 mm 24 VDC Input side Mounted Type Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 30 kg otroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments Motorized Cylinders Dr
227. s operation at a positioning distance of 300 mm A Thrust o Pushing Force e Positioning Distance Positioning Time Horizontal 0 o O gt o 5 u01 99 S Check the positioning time Check whether your desired positioning time is sufficient using the Positioning Distance Positioning Time graph As a reference the positioning time by the motorized linear slide corresponds to the positioning time calculated from the graph multiplied by the positioning time coefficient corresponding to the applicable stroke Positioning Time s 9u 1 J Y Jeoiuuoo 0 100 200 300 4 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed Horizontal 90 900 80 800 4 Check the operating condition 70 sz 700 x 60L E 600 Check whether the operating speed and the acceleration satisfy the E 50 e conditions in 3 using the Positioning Distance Operating Speed i 5 400 and Positioning Distance Acceleration graphs 3 Sa 300 EAS Series gt Pages 106 110 7 20 amp 200 EAC Series Pages 111 122 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm ePositioning Distance Acceleration Horizontal Check the Load Moment nae Take into account the acceleration conditions taken from 4 and E bs check that the dynamic permissible moment applied to the motorized g 063r a linear sli
228. set to 0 01 mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 30 Load Mass I 0kg E 63kg 290 12 5 kg D E 2 S 3 1 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 700 60 600 iis rs E 63kg 50 500 E 12 5 kg 40 400 ARE 230 S 300 B amp 20 200 10 100 oL 0 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration Acceleration m s Positioning Distance mm EAC4 Standard Type 24 VDC Input Lead 12 mm C Horizontal Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time Positioning Time s ce o Load Mass kg E EAko 15kg AT m Pd 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70 Operating Speed kHz 700 Operating Speed mm s Load Mass KO ESK 15 kg 100 200 Positioning Distance mm 300 e Positioning Distance Acceleration 14 Acceleration m s 100 200 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 3 0 Load Mass k
229. shing Mode Side Side Mechanical End Mechanical End Other Operations JOG Operation Test operation Automatic Return Operation Equipped with a sequence for return to home operation that reduces the burden of the host master and the hassle of creating a ladder Side Side Position Preset Main Functions Function Motor Resolution Setting Function 1 1 s 7 VR VS VR Continued to next page MiTeaching Function Teaching can be performed by using the data setting software MEXEO2 or the data setting device OPX 2A sold separately Move the table or rod to the target position and store the position data at this time as the positioning data sk The data setting software can be downloaded from the website For details please contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office The motor resolution can be changed by the driver without the mechanically operated speed reduction mechanism A desired setting can be made between 100 10000IP R Determining the minimim movement of the motorized linear slide motorized cylinder to respond to the change in resolution Minimum movement mm 1000x Electronic gear B Electronic gear A Operation Group Send Function RS 485 communication or via a network converter You can configure a group of multiple axes connected using RS 485 communication and send commands by group
230. sm 3 For DC power supply input total length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type 4 When using an accessory sensor the home position differs The above figure is an outline drawing of the motor installation direction for the type left side mounted For the type right side mounted the motor is located on the opposite side if the linear slide is centered Motorized Linear Slides Product Name EASMALXDL IL IL IARAK EASMALXDL IL IL IARAC EASMALXEL JL JL IARAK EASMALXEL IL JL IARAC Single shaft EASMALXDL IL IL JARMK EASMALXDL IL L JARMC EASMALXEL IL L IARMK EASMALXEL DARMO With electromagnetic brake Number Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 Single Shaft 1 9 2 0 3 0 3 6 3 8 3 9 Mass kg 1 8 1 9 34 35 37 3 8 Electromagnetic Brake Tubo 2 0 2 1 3 6 3 7 3 9 4 0 DThe values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass at DC power supply input Hole Coefficient n Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu 31 32 C EASA Standard Type Y Table 50 4x M48 Deep 14 x4 Deep
231. sold separately the 24 VDC 4 specification applies 21 22 System Configuration GBuilt In Controller With Electromagnetic Brake An example of a configuration using 1 0 control or RS 485 communication is shown below Accessories Sold separately Cables used for EMC directive evaluation When extending the distance between the motorized actuator and the driver without using an included connection cable For electromagnetic brake Connection Cable Sets Flexible Connection Cable Sets gt Page 93 sk Not supplied sk2 To be provided by the customer as necessary When extending the distance between the motorized actuator and the driver using an included connection cable i7 For electromagnetic brake Extension Cable Sets Flexible Extension Cable Sets gt Page 93 Data Setting Software Communication Cable gt Page 92 Control Module gt Page 92 or 24 VDC Power Supply for Control EAS Series Motorized Linear Slide For Electromagnetic Brake Products are available with a 1 m 2 m or 3 m cable for motor and electromagnetic brake and also without a cable Accessories Sold separately Sensor Sets gt Page 99 Battery Set gt Page 98 For RS 485 communication Host System Main Power Supply Data Setting Software MEXEO2 gt Page 92 EO au uuu ja ayan Computer Peripheral Products Sold separately
232. specifications table is described below Motorized Linear Slide Specifications Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Mp 16 3 My 4 8 Ma 15 0 Traveling Parallelism mm 0 03 6 Static Permissible Moment N m Me 58 3 My 16 0 Mr 53 3 OE Nae Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm s by Stroke mm Horizontal Vertical IN N INI 50 550mm 600mm 650mm 700mm Da DE ee 19 3s 70 460 400 FASAD ELI ARMKCES 90 nag oW 220 200 CD Drive System 7 Lead Mechanism used to convert motor rotation to linear motion 2 Repetitive Positioning Accuracy A value indicating the amount of error that is generated when positioning is performed repeatedly to the same position in the same direction The repetitive positioning accuracy is measured at a constant temperature under a constant load 3 Resolution This is the number of pulses for 1 rotation of the motor A desired setting can be made between 100 10000 P R for the motor resolution For the resolution setting refer to the following Resolution Setting Example and the AR Series User s Manual Please contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office regarding the User s Manual or download from the Oriental Motor website 4 Traveling Parallelism Runout widths in the
233. st Oriental Motor sales office http www orientalmotor eu lt Operating System OS For the following operating systems the 32 bit x86 editions and 64 bit x64 editions are supported e Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 3 e Microsoft Windows Vista Service Pack 2 e Microsoft Windows 7 Service Pack 1 e Microsoft Windows 8 e Microsoft Windows 8 1 For the 64 bit x64 version Service Pack 2 is used PC Recommended CPU Intel Core processor 2 GHz or faster OS must be supported Video adapter and monitor with a minimum resolution of XGA Display 1024 x 768 Recommended 32 bit x86 edition 1 GB or more Memory 64 bit x64 edition 2 GB or more Hard Disk 2 Free disk space of at least 30 MB USB Port One USB1 1 port Disk Device CD ROM drive for installation 1 The system requirements for the OS must be met x2 MEXEO2 requires Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile If it is not installed it will be installed automatically The following additional free space may be required 32 bit x86 edition 600 MB 64 bit x64 edition 1 5 GB or more Windows and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Depending on your system environment the required memory and hard disk may vary Connection Cable Sets Flexible Connection Cable Sets Extension Cable Sets Flexible Extension Cable Sets The EAS Series and the EAC Series are available
234. stallation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 3 0 10 0 Load Mass 2 5 E B SECUS E E 6 0 LH 2195 s S40 10 E 0 5 e 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 60t 600 60 ers py F Fel 2 GEO F E 50 50 50 5 0 E 125kg 40 400 40 9 3 B 3 8 230 gt 300 peor 230 gt T Le T o S 4 Load Mass o S amp 20r 3 200 ala Oka amp 20r 10 100 Mu e 10 ol 0 Le gl 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 05 20 05r 20 i056 18 Load Mass i056 18 Load Mass 2063 16 0 kg 20631 16 0 kg gont ui Dae d gon 14 m 50 83 12 50 83 E12 E 10 8 10 10 8 10 2 i E 125 3 8 1258 8 6167 6 5167 2 6 S 25 af B25 4
235. t is the Line Driver When the Pulse Input is 5 V x 0 Controller Driver Controller Driver 5 2 7 KQ 5 VDC A o 33 o ETI mS 5 LT Bx XX 3 K we c O o 32 2 7 KQ 5 gt 8 36 m Y 3 mo PER oa 10 KQ 10 KQ 23 0 r B 36 S 36 rora F 8 5 vov T T 3 5 24 VDC A P l f When the Pulse Input is 24 V X 0 Vy 23 a VAC Controller Driver gt oz mss NS 1 24 VDC A 28 lt 10ko WASK SER 24 5 ____ J 0 o o 3 kQ o lt 6 10ko VASE 3 KQ 0 e Nu Oo 28 10ka YAK P A 3 3 kQ a 2 I 97 oro YAK S 3 KQ i bk OV E A 29 NA YAK lt 10ko VA t nii 20 z I Use output signals 30 VDC or less When the current value exceeds 10 mA connect the o 3 kQ A external resistor Ro o A 40 10 ko YAK Connect a terminating resistor of 100 or more between the line receiver inputs z For the control 1 0 signal lines CN5 use a multi core shielded twisted pair wire AWG28 to D 24 0 08 to 0 2 mm and keep the wiring length as short as possible no longer than 2 m Note that as the length of the pulse line increases the maximum transmission frequency 30 VDC max A 10 mA max gt noe roasos Oa 9 NG Y Provide a distance of 200 mm or more between the control 1 0 signal lines and power lines o n 10 power supply lines motor lines and other large current circuits o cto 11 S2 R Y wm XC A E Paid D 2g DAS Oo gt 20 9 a m 91
236. th 75 4 mm x Height 83 mm Sana AC Power Supply Input Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 60 kg Vertical 30 kg P ao stroke 50 to 850mm 50 mm increments SA E La Motorized Linear Slide Specifications Drive System Ball Screw Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Me 31 8 Mv 10 3 Mnr 40 6 Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Traveling Parallelism mm 0 03 Static Permissible Moment Nim Me86 0 Mv 34 0 Mr 110 0 ETT Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm s by Stroke mm Horizontal Vertical N N N 50 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm 700 mm 750 mm 800 mm 850 mm EAS6 D ARALT lt CD 470 420 360 EAS6 D ARML T C EAS EL T ARMLT FO A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke in the motor installation direction is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box D in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product The parentheses indicate specifications for the Side Mounted Type For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 Positioning Distance
237. the motor is located on the opposite side if the linear slide is centered Motorized Linear Slides Product Name EASM LXDI IL TL JARAK EASM LXDL IL TL JARAC EASM LXEL IL T JARAK EASMOLXEL IL IL JARAC Single shaft EASM6LXDLILILIARMK EASM6LXDL_ILILIARMC EASM6LXELILILJIARMK EASM LXEL IL IL IARMC With electromagnetic brake Number Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 O80 O85 Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 450 z 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 Mass kg Electromagnetic w 70 73 76 79 82 84 87 6 6 6 69 72 C5 78 61 amp 3 86 Brake Type The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass at DC power supply input Hole Coefficient n Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 150 800 850 For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu OMONG O1 i P co 35 36 C EAS Standard Type Y Table 60 4xM5x10 Deep 4 97 x4 Deep For AC Input oS g For DC Input L o HHN L_e 3 e a gt le O pm Es ee e ESIE CIE LINE GN EN el M 12 11285 ih 4 H7 0 x4 Deep S Electromagnet
238. tic Brake Cables for Motor Product Name Length L m CCO50VAF 5 CCO70VAF 7 CC100VAF 10 CC150VAF 15 CC200VAF 20 CC300VAF 30 CO AC Power Supply Input Used with an Electromagnetic Brake Cables for Motor Cable for Electromagnetic Brake Product Name Length L m CCO50VAFB 5 CCO70VAFB 7 CC1OOVAFB 10 CC150VAFB 15 CC200VAFB 20 CC300VAFB 30 CO AC Power Supply Input Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake Cables for Motor Product Name Length L m CCO1OVAR 1 CCO20VAR 2 CCO30VAR 3 CCO50VAR 5 CCO70VAR 7 CCIOOVAR 10 CC150VAR 15 CC200VAR 20 CC300VAR 30 QAC Power Supply Input Used with an Electromagnetic Brake Cables for Motor Cable for Electromagnetic Brake Product Name Length L m CCO1OVARB 1 CCO20VARB 2 CCO3OVARB 3 CCO50VARB 5 CCO70VARB 7 CC100VARB 10 CC150VARB 15 CC200VARB 20 CC300VARB 30 Extension Cable Sets and Flexible Extension Cable Sets Product Line OG Extension Cable Sets lt DC Power Supply Input Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake Cables for Motor Product Name Length L m CCO10VA2F2 1 CCO20VA2F2 2 CCO30VA2F2 3 CCO50VA2F2 5 CC0O70VA2F2 7 CC100VA2F2 10 CC150VA2F2 15 CC200VA2F2 20 CO DC Power Supply Input Used with an Electromagnetic Brake OO Cables for Motor Cable for Electromagnetic Brake ProductName LengthL m Length L m CCO1OVA 2FBT2 1 CCO20VA2FBT2 2 CCO3OVA2FBT2 3
239. ting 8 Sensor Error during Initialization When the main power supply was turned on before the motor cable was connected to the driver Initial Rotor Revolution Error When the main power supply was turned on while the motorized actuator was operating Motor Combination Error A motor that cannot be combined with the other components was connected 9 EEPROM Error When a control parameter has failed 2 Current Setting Switch Indication Switch Name Function Sets the current value during operation Used to limit the torque or temperature rise CURRENT Current Setting Switch The current value is set with a ratio relative to the rated output current value Factory Setting F 3 Velocity Filter Setting Switch Indication Switch Name Function Difference in Characteristics Due to Velocity Filter Adjust the responsiveness of the motorized actuator Adjust to suppress the vibration of the motorized V FIL Velocity Filter Setting Switch actuator or to make starting and stopping smoother 86 Motor Speed The minimum value of the velocity filter is 0 and the maximum value is F Factory Setting 1 4 Function Switch Setting Switch SW1 Indication Switch Name Function The motor resolution can be changed by the driver without the mechanically operated speed reduction mechanism A desired setting can be made between 100 10000 P R 4 Sets the resolution per one rotation of the motor output shaft 4 OFF 3 OFF 1000 pulses Factory sett
240. tioning Time s ce o 0 4 0 2 00 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm 6 mm Lead C Horizontal Direction Installation 2 0 Load Mass f 15kg 100 200 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 1 2 Load Mass kg 9 5kg ce o co o IN Positioning Time s ce o o ho 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm C Vertical Direction Installation 3 0 Load Mass kg soc m 2 0 MEI Positioning Time s Positioning Distance mm The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time Use a Settling time of 0 15 s or less as a reference Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function gt The starting speed should be 6 mm s or less Operating Speed Thrust Lead 12 mm Lead 6 mm Thrust N S Operating Speed mm s 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Dimensions Motorized Cylinders gt Page 64 EACAR Frame Size 42 mm x 42 mm AC Power Supply Input side Mounted Type Maximum Transportable Mass Horizontal 30 kg Vertical 12 5 kg s 3 Stroke 50 to 300 mm 50 mm increments O G Motorized Cylinders Drive System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 ENE Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed mm Horiz
241. tor length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft models and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type Motorized Cylinder Product Name EACMARDL IL IARAK EACMAREL IL IARAK EACMARDL TL IARAC EACMAREL IL JARAC Single shaft EACMARDLILIARMK EACMAREL JLIARMK EACMARDL IL IARMC EACMAREL IL IARMC With electromagnetic brake Numbers Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 Stroke 200 250 300 Masspg ile Shaft 1 18 20 Electromagnetic Brake Type 1 8 1 9 2 1 For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu suoneaiioadg uone no e uon2ojag S9lJ0SS922y J A uouluo 92U949J9H e21UU29 Salles Svr sapijs Jeaur pezuojojy A N D D e sJ9puljA3 EYAPDO DIT 65 lt EAC6 Standard Type For AC Input kFor DC Input 00 Electromagnetic Brake Cable 6 43025 1000 Molex 43025 0200 Molex Connector Cover 5557 02R 210 Molex 5557 10R 210 Molex 18 5 Stroke 235 7 2 3 Home Position Stroke 200 7 2 3 325 15 30 Stroke 3 Positioning Range Protective Earth Terminal M4 For Electromagnetic Brake 9 AN aR Mechanical Limit Stroke 67 Position 4xM6x 12 Deep E Or Py lU I L
242. troke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box _ in the product name A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product An alphabet G indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box Ed in the product name For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office 600 300 Positioning Distance Positioning time The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Refer to page 119 for operating speed and acceleration Maximum Transportable Mass in Horizontal Direction MICI Leao Positioning Dist Horizontall f ositioning Distance Horizonta lt gt Horizontal Direction Installation CO Vertical Direction Installation 9 y i5 35 Transportable Mass Load Mass Load Mass 1 0 Okg 0kg Overhung distance E T75kg E oc mg 2 0mm 0 8 peau 2 0 SRM 8 50mm E 100 mm 206 2 a 204 8 1 0 E 0 2 g 0 go 2 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm
243. tromagnetic Brake 68 3 17 6 f A s TH la co n 7 WA ani kn 4A ue 4 Emi E re S 4xM2 5x5 Deep Same on opposite side 0 06 15 1000 02 2x06 004x5 Deep n 3 xM5x6 Deep Detail of A 122 50 nx100 Stroke 135 4 1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90 intervals in four directions sk2 During the pushing return to home operation the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism 3 For DC power supply input total length shortens by 0 5 mm for single shaft and 0 6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type 4 When using an accessory sensor the home position differs Motorized Linear Slides Product Name EASM4XDLILILIARAK EASM4XDLILILIARAC EASMAXEL IL IL IARAK EASMAXEL IL IL IARAC Single shaft EASMAXDL IL IL IARMK EASMAXDL ILL IARMC EASMAXEL IL IL JARMK EASMAXEL IL IL IARMC With electromagnetic brake Number Specifiable in the Box L within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name 005 010 O15 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 Stroke 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 3 3 3 5 3 6 3 8 3 9 Mass kg Misi 3 2 3 4 3 5 3 7 3 9 Electromagnetic 34 zs RE m Brake Type i i i D The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass at DC power supply input Hole Coefficient n Stroke mm 50 100 150 200 250
244. uct Line Product Name Frame Size Power Supply Voltage Resolution DG60 80mm 24 VDC 9 DGI30 Som Single Phase A 1800 180000 P R kali 200 240 VAC DG200 200 mm 110 r min Compact Linear Actuators e DRLII Series gt Features DRLII Series integrates the stepper motor with a ball screw to achieve linear motion Performance is improved by reducing the number of components such F as couplings to make equipment more compact and by utilizing high precision E positioning technology High Precision Positioning Compact and Lightweight Standard Type Guide Type Table Type Product Line Product Name Frame Size Power Supply Voltage Max Thrust Load Max Speed Repetitive Positioning Accuracy DRL2O 20 mm 15N 20 mm s DRL28 28 mm 24 VDC 30 N 24 40 mm s Ground Ball Screw 0 003 mm DRL42 42 mm 30 100 N 15 120 mm s Rolled Ball Screw 0 01 mm DRL6O 60 mm 300 N 22 40 mm s 127 These products are manufactured at plants certified with the international standards ISO 9001 for quality assurance and ISO 14001 for systems of environmental management m Oriental motor Specifications are subject to change without notice Published in July 2015 ORIENTAL MOTOR EUROPA GmbH ORIENTAL MOTOR UK LTD ORIENTAL MOTOR ITALIA s r l www orientalmotor de www oriental motor co uk www orientalmotor it European Headquarters UK Headquarters Italy Headquarters wg
245. ue B E Lead mm 12 12 A Resolution Minimum travel mm 1200 0 01 1000 0 012 Electronic Gear A 5 1 Electronic Gear B 6 1 m oz sk Pulse string input type is A1 2 2 are parameters to be changed co 5 e 3 3 S gt o P 3 A amp S m e m S S D CD 2 17 OsTrer AR Series Equipped Motorized Linear Slide EAS Series E Side Mounted Type Standard Type Product Number Code EAS 4R X D 025 AR M K o0 0000 e 0 D Series Name EAS EAS Series Q Motorized Linear Slide Model 4 Width 58 4 mm Height 60 mm 6 Width 75 4 mm Height 83 mm Motor Installing Direction L Left side mounted R Right side mounted No symbol Straight Table X X Table Y Y Table Lead D 12 mm E 6 mm 6 Stroke 005 085 50 850 mm 50 mm increments D Motor AR AR Series Motor Shaft Configuration A Single Shaft M With Electromagnetic Brake Power Supply Input A Single Phase 100 120 VAC For pulse string input type Single Phase 100 115 VAC O C Single Phase 200 240 VAC For pulse string input type Single Phase 200 230 VAC S Three Phase 200 230 VAC Pulse input only K 24 VDC 48 VDC Driver D Built In Controller Type Blank Pulse Input Type Connection Cables 2 Number Length of Included Cable n 1 1m 2 2m 3 3m None Connection cable not included 1 For the specifications and characteristics of 48 VDC contact the Customer Servi
246. uide DC24 48 kl Pulse String Input Type uses Single Phase 100 115 VAC 2 Pulse String Input Type uses Single Phase 200 230 VAC 3 Pulse String Input Type only Upper value Dynamic Permissible Moment N m Maximum Transportable Mass in Horizontal Direction Maximum Transportable Mass in Vertical Direction Lower value Static Permissible Moment N m kg kg Mp 16 3 58 3 31 8 86 0 16 3 58 3 31 8 86 0 My MR 10 20 30 40 50 60 10 20 30 40 50 60 Maximum Transportable Mass in Horizontal Direction Maximum Transportable Mass in Vertical Direction Pushing Force kg kg 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 10 20 30 40 50 60 200 400 NEN cn ee 500 400 eee oe 0 COLE ERN EN NE COMBINA 100 ERI 200 30 nn Teac a 100 200 360 em 200 GET S60 200 EG BM zh me 500 360 oe oo an s Wo L 500 60 Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 0 02 0 02 0 02 Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 0 02 0 02 0 02 0 02 0 02 0 02 0 02 15 16 How to Read Specifications Table Using the specifications of the motorized linear slide as example the method of reading the
247. urrent control mode When set to current control mode the synchronization of the motor is lost but the noise and vibration is reduced NORM Normal mode Factory setting CCM Current control mode Switches the pulse input mode between 1 pulse input mode and 2 pulse input mode 2P 2 pulse input mode Factory setting NORM Control Mode CCM Select Switch m POs OF 8 5 c A DN Dro nla PAP Pulse Input Mode SUBEN 1P 1 pulse input mode e 3 5 24 VDC Input Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Electromagnetic Brake Terminals CN1 ce Indication 1 0 Terminal Name Description 24V 24 VDC Power Input Terminal To separate the main power supply and control power supply connect the power supplies here The control power supply is 24V 24 VDC Power Input Terminal not mandatory When using an electromagnetic brake actuator connect it as the power supply for the electromagnetic brake S TH1 Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Terminal Connect the accessory sold separately regeneration unit RGB100 TH2 Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Terminal When not connecting a regeneration unit short these 2 terminals to each other gt 0 MB1 Electromagnetic Brake Terminal O 9 For an electromagnetic brake actuator connect the electromagnetic brake line here p MB2 Electromagnetic Brake Terminal o o 6 I O Signals Connector CN5
248. ut Type HE AC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input DC Power Supply Input Standard Type Side Mounted Type Same price Standard Type Standard With Shaft Guide With Shaft Guide Cover Side Mounted Type F E Standard eit Standard Type D Uu Side Mounted Type Within Stroke 50 to 300mm Maximum speed 600 mm s With Shaft Guide Cover Maximum transportable mass 60 kg horizontal 30 kg vertical Repetitive positioning accuracy 0 02 mm m X able When horizontally mounted it lessens the intrusion of foreign e objects Drive Table m Y Table When attached to the wall it lessens the intrusion of foreign objects CFLEO What is FLEX KAU gt Tee Less maintenance PICU m Pages 14 to 15 opecifications Pages 16 to 17 FLEX is the collective term for products compatible with I O control Modbus RTU control and Industrial network control via network converters These products enable simple connection and simple control shortening the total lead time for system configuration m Standard To be compatible with the device of the customer an external guide is required 5 am a m Equipped with shaft guide The customer is not required to design or arrange for the parts therefore reducing the time required to start up the equipment m Fquipped with shaft guide The movable parts of the cylinder body are
249. ut signal The motor output shaft rotates in CCW direction and the table rod moves to the motor side o For the side mounted type the motor installation direction is reverse and thus the table rod moves to the opposite of the direction described above m S Output Signal Connector CN9 Indication Initial Value 1 OUTO HOME P Output when the motorized actuator is in the home position Ac 2 END Output when the positioning operation is completed T 9 CNO 3 AREA Output when the motorized actuator is within the range of area 1 6 4 READY Output when the driver is ready for operation 9o 5 OUT4 WNG Outputs the warning status for the driver ALM Outputs the alarm status for the driver normal close You can set functions to assign by specifying parameters Initial values are shown above For details refer to the AR Series User s Manual The following output signals can be assigned to output terminals OUTO to OUT5 Output Signals 0 Not used 7 JOG_R 16 FREE_R 36 R4 43 R11 50 M2_R 63 SLIT_R 71 TLC 1 FWD_R 8 MSO_R 17 C ON_R 37 R5 44 R12 51 M3_R 65 ALM 72 TIM 2 RVS_R 9 MS1_R 18 STOP_R 38 R6 45 R13 52 M4_R 66 WNG 73 AREAM 3 HOME R 10 MS2_R 32 RO 39 R7 46 R14 53 M5_R 67 READY 74 AREA2 4 START R 11 MS3_R 33 R1 40 R8 47 R15 60 LS_R 68 MOVE 75 AREA3 5 SSTART_R 12 MS4_R 34 R2 41 R9 48 M0 R 61 LS_R 69 END 80 S BSY 6 JOG_R 13 MS5_R 35 R3 42 R10 49 M1 R 62 HOMES R 70 HOME P 82 MPS Sens
250. ve System Ball Screw Repetitive Positioning Accuracy mm 0 02 Resolution P R 100 10000 Dynamic Permissible Moment Nem Mp 2 2 My 2 2 Mgc1 3 m Static Permissible Moment Nem Mp 7 8 My 7 8 Mp 3 0 gt zi product Name Lead Transportable Mass kg Thrust Pushing Force Holding Force Maximum Speed o mm Horizontal Vertical N N N mm s 25 EAC6RW DI I ARALT H o 12 400 200 600 2 EAC6RW DI I ARML T O El EAC6RW E ARALI O El EACORW E TARANEE ONE 6 500 360 300 S EAC6RW EL I ARMLT C El E DA number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box L is located within the product name 3 A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box L in the product name E CD A number indicating the desired length of 1 1 m 2 2 m or 3 3 m is entered where the box lt gt is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product m An alphabet G indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box Ed in the product name For reading the specifications table and cautions refer to How to Read Specifications Table on Page 16 5 m co Positioning Distance Positioning Time Maximum Transportable 2 gr n The positioning time reference can be checked from the positioning distance Mass in Horizontal Refer to page 121 for operating speed and acceleration pag kaka Direction eds lt gt Positioning D
251. vertical and lateral directions between the installing surface of the motorized linear slide and the top surface of the table 5 Dynamic Permissible Moment The load moment acts on the linear guide if the load position is offset from the center of the table rod The direction of action applies to three directions pitching MP yawing MY and rolling MR depending on the position of the offset The dynamic permissible moment is the moment allowed during operation Static Permissible Moment The load moment acts on the linear guide if the load position is offset from the center of the table rod The direction of action applies to three directions pitching MP yawing MY and rolling MR depending on the position of the offset The static permissible moment is the moment allowed during static conditions 1 The specifications are for motorized linear slides only Distance the table rod moves linearly in one motor rotation Transportable Mass e Horizontal Direction Mass that can be moved under operating performance in the horizontal direction of the motorized linear slide motorized cylinder e Vertical Direction Mass that can be moved under operating performance in the vertical direction of the motorized linear slide motorized cylinder Note that if a EAS4 or EAC4 product with 12 mm lead presses upward a transportable mass of 4 kg or more and returns to home position the home position may vary 9 Thrust Forc
252. ware MEXEO2 2 The initial value for the all windings on input is normally open contact When operating the motor be sure to turn the all windings on input ON When the all windings on input is not used set the input logic to normally close contact in the separately sold control module OPX 2A or data setting software MEXEO2 The table rod moves as follows when receiving CW pulse and CCW pulse of driver input signal At CW pulse input The table rod moves to the opposite side At CCW pulse input The table rod moves to the motor side For the side mounted type the motor installation direction is reverse and thus the table rod moves to the opposite of the direction described above CCW Pulse Input Traveling Direction a CW Pulse Input c ae Traveling Direction yt M For motorized linear slides 85 Driver Part Names and Functions Pulse input type DC power supply input Control Module Connector CN4 Main Power Input Terminal CN1 TH Frame Ground Terminal CN1 i Signal Monitor Display OLED Indicators Signal Monitor Indication Motor Connector CN2 ARD K N Current Setting Switch w Velocity Filter Setting Switch A Function Switch Setting Switch SW1 c 1 0 Signal Connector CN5 Indication Lighting Condition POWER Power supply indication When the main power
253. with a cable 1 m 2 m or 3 m for connecting the motorized actuator and the driver and also without a cable When the distance between the motorized actuator and the driver is extended to 3 m or longer a connection cable set or an extension cable set must be used Use a flexible connection cable set or flexible extension cable set if the cable will be bent repeatedly System Configuration When Connecting the Motorized Actuator and the Driver without Using an Included Cable Use a connection cable set Use a flexible connection cable set if the cable will be bent Connection Cable Sets Flexible Connection Cable Sets For Electromagnetic Brake o For Motor Motorized Actuators Presses toss tmm nan anana nn ana nana anana naa aa nana anana nana anana anana nana anan Driver When Extending the Distance between the Motorized Actuator and the Driver Using an Included Cable Use an extension cable set and connect it to the included cable Use a flexible extension cable set if the cable will be bent Extension Cable Sets Flexible Extension Cable Sets For Electromagnetic Brake For Electromagnetic Brake Included For Motor For Motor Included CIO re Motorized Actuators es Driver sk Cables for electromagnetic brake to be used with the electromagnetic brake type Keep the overall cable length within 30 m when using an extension cable set or a flexible extension cable set to connect with a ca
254. within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name 005 010 015 020 025 030 Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 4 1 4 7 5 2 5 7 6 3 6 8 Wai Shani bulat 4 4 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 6 7 1 Wasi 4 2 4 9 5 4 6 0 6 6 7 2 With Shaft Guide Cover 4 5 5 2 5 7 6 3 6 9 7 5 C The values in the parentheses for the mass refer to the mass using models with electromagnetic brake For CAD data please download from the Oriental Motor website http www orientalmotor eu 71 72 C Cables for Motor Included Cables for Electromagnetic Brake Included CO AC Power Supply Input Common to All Types eCables for Motor Cable Type Cable for Motor 1 m Cable for Motor 2 m Cable for Motor 3 m Length L m Motor Side Driver Side 1 75 5559 10P 210 5557 10R 210 Molex Molex Cable Type Length L m Motor Side Driver Side Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 1 m 1 L 76 el I E 5559 02P 210 Stick Terminal Al0 5 8WH Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 3 m 3 Molex Phoenix Contact C DC Power Supply Input Common to All Types eCables for Motor Cable Type Length L m Motor Side Driver Side Cable for Motor 1 m 1 Cable for Motor 2 m 2 43020 1000 Molex 43025 1000 Molex o Cable for Motor 3 m 3 a E Cable Type Length L m Motor Side Driver Side Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 1 m 1 10 3 43020 0200 4 1 Cable for Electromagnetic
255. y Output 1i WNG Ds Baar 12 WNG Warning Output 5 o 13 END ae 14 END Positioning Completion Output 15 READY ALO 4 1 j x1 16 READY ALO Fi Operation Ready Output Alarm Code Output 0 2 z 17 TLC AL1 1 i ee x j 18 TLC ALL Torque Limiting Output Alarm Code Output 1 d 19 TIM2 AL2 1 imi tput llector Al tput 2 1 20 TIM2 AL2 1 Timing Output Open collector Alarm Code Outpu 21 GND Ground Connection 22 IN COM Common for Input Signals 23 C ON 2 All Windings On Input 2 24 CLR ALM RST Deviation Counter Clear Input Alarm Reset Input 20 CCM Current Control Mode On Input 26 CS Resolution Select Input 27 26 RETURN Return To Electrical Home Operation Input 29 P RESET Position Reset Input 30 FREE Excitation Off 31 CW PLS 32 CW_ PLS CW Pulse Input Pulse Input 5 V line driver 33 CW 24 PLS 24V CW Pulse Input Pulse Input 24 V 34 CCW 24 DIR 24V CCW Pulse Input Rotation Direction Input 24 V 30 CCW DIR 36 CCW_ DIR CCW Pulse Input Rotation Direction Input 5 V line driver 1 Enabled when the settings are changed with the separately sold control module OPX 2A or data setting software MEXEO2 2 The initial value for the all windings on input is normally open contact When operating the motor be sure to turn the all windings on input ON When the all windings on input is not used set the input logic to normally close contact in the separately sold control module OPX 2A or data setting software
256. y Input Used with an Electromagnetic Brake c Cables for Motor Product Name CCOT1OVARBT S Cable for Electromagnetic Brake Length L m CCO20VARBT CCOSOVARBT CCOSOVARBT CCO70VARBT CC1OOVARBT CC150VARBT CC200VARBT seues DWF seues SWI suoneonyioedg SJoput 5 peziuo10lN JONG UOWWOD gt O Q 0 ie o uone noj e2 uonoosjes oouoJ49JoH Jeoiuu2o 95 SepiIS Jeaur pezi1o10 N 96 Dimensions unit mm CO Connection Cable lt Cables for DC Power Supply Input Motor Motor Side Driver Side 43020 1000 MOLEX 43025 1000 MOLEX C Cables for AC Power Supply Input Motor Motor Side Driver Side 75 5559 10P 210 MOLEX 999 10R 210 MOLEX A EB w m EN 11 6 14 5 Connector Cover C Cables for DC Power Supply Input Electromagnetic Brake Motor Side 10 3 43020 0200 41 Driver Side MOLEX li Flexible extension cable is 6 EE pup MM M 16 9 80 10 C Cables for AC Power Supply Input Electromagnetic Brake Motor Side Driver Side 5559 02P 210 Stick Terminal Al0 5 8WH MOLEX Phoenix Contact 4 1 Flexible extension cable is 6 Notes on Use of Flexible Cable CD Do not allow the cable to bend at the cable connector G Extension Cable lt Cables for DC Power Supply Input Motor Motor Side Driver Side 43020 1000 MOLEX
257. yioodg sJopui o sopils seuosseooy C O 5 ct O uo1Ndajas adusI9jJaH Jeoiuu2o 115 Je8ur pezuojo N pezio10 N OG EAC Standard Type Side Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead 12 mm Horizontal Direction Installation C Vertical Direction Installation e Positioning Distance Positioning Time e Positioning Distance Positioning Time 1 2 T 2 5 T Load Mass Load Mass 10 0kg m s _ 15kg ee 7 5kg ra 15k E E15 20 6 E 5 S10 B04 2 e ee ee 0 2 0 5 p 100 200 300 0 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Operating Speed e Positioning Distance Operating Speed 70r 700 70r 700 E Load Mass L _ Load Mass sor er Oe okg op oo Wool Z sool 15kg Teol Z sng 7 5kg F50 a RUM 250 E E 340 400 B40 g 400 co wn a 230 300 230 300 So E oa B amp 20r a 200 amp 20r E 200 PEPE een eo 10 1008 10 100 700 200 300 v wm 100 200 300 Positioning Distance mm Positioning Distance mm e Positioning Distance Acceleration e Positioning Distance Acceleration 0 5 20 _ 05 20 0 56 18 0 56 18 2063 16 2 0 63 1 m 20H Load Mass 2 oad Mass gon E 14 bains g 0 71 E E gos E12 E 50 83

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Eas eac_uk_072015

Eas-eac_uk_072015

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents